Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the+above+names

  • 41 mantener

    v.
    1 to keep.
    mantener algo en buen estado to keep something in good condition
    mantener una promesa to keep a promise
    mantener la calma to stay calm
    Los mantengo trabajando I keep them working.
    Ellos mantienen el proyecto They maintain the project.
    2 to support (with scaffold, columns).
    mantén los brazos en alto keep your arms in the air
    3 to support.
    con su sueldo mantiene a toda la familia he has to support o keep his whole family with his wages
    4 to have (relationships, conversations).
    mantener relaciones con alguien to have a relationship with somebody
    mantiene su inocencia she maintains that she is innocent
    mantiene que no la vió he maintains that he didn't see her
    6 to maintain, to keep, to conserve, to hold.
    Ellos mantienen unas mantas They maintain some bedcovers.
    Ellos mantienen su opinión They maintain their opinion.
    María mantiene a su hijo Mary maintains=provides for her son.
    Ella mantiene su declaración She maintains her declaration.
    7 to claim to, to hold to, to maintain to.
    Ellos mantienen haber limpiado They claim to have cleaned.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ TENER], like link=tener tener
    1 (conservar) to keep
    ■ 'Mantenga Zamora limpia' "Keep Zamora tidy"
    2 (tener) to keep
    ■ 'Mantener fuera del alcance de los niños' "Keep out of the reach of children"
    3 (sostener) to support, hold up, hold
    4 (sustentar) to support, maintain
    5 (afirmación etc) to maintain
    ■ pues yo mantengo que no es verdad well, I maintain that it is not true
    6 (conversación, relaciones) to have; (reunión) to hold, have; (correspondencia) to keep up; (promesa, palabra) to keep
    1 (sostenerse) to remain, stand
    2 (continuar en un estado, una posición) to keep
    3 (sustenerse) to manage, maintain oneself, support oneself
    4 (alimentarse) to eat, live
    ■ se mantiene a base de fruta she lives on fruit, she eats only fruit
    \
    mantener algo en secreto to keep something secret
    mantenerse aparte to stay out of it, not get involved
    mantenerse en contacto con to stay in contact with
    mantenerse en forma to keep in shape, keep in trim, keep fit
    mantenerse en pie to stand, remain standing
    mantenerse en sus trece to stick to one's guns
    mantenerse vivo,-a to stay alive
    * * *
    verb
    3) hold
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=sostener) [gen] to hold; [+ puente, techo] to support
    2) (=preservar)
    a) [en un lugar] to store, keep

    "manténgase en un lugar fresco y seco" — "store in a cool dry place"

    b) [en un estado o situación] to keep

    • mantener algo caliente — to keep sth hot

    • mantener algo en equilibrio — to balance sth, keep sth balanced

    • mantener algo en secreto — to keep sth a secret

    raya I, 1)
    3) (=conservar) [+ opinión] to maintain, hold; [+ costumbre, ideales] to keep up, maintain; [+ disciplina] to maintain, keep; [+ promesa] to keep

    me marcho manteniendo mi opinión — I'm leaving, but I stand by my opinion

    • al conducir hay que mantener la distancia de seguridad — you have to keep (at) a safe distance when driving

    • mantener el equilibrio — to keep one's balance

    • mantener el fuego — to keep the fire going

    • mantener la línea — to keep one's figure, keep in shape

    • mantener la paz — to keep the peace, maintain peace

    calma, distancia
    4) [económicamente] to support, maintain

    ya no pienso mantenerla más — I refuse to keep o support o maintain her any longer

    5) [+ conversación, contacto] to maintain, hold

    ¿han mantenido ustedes relaciones sexuales? — have you had sexual relations?

    correspondencia 2)
    6) (=afirmar) to maintain
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( económicamente) <familia/persona> to support, maintain; < perro> to keep; < amante> to keep
    2)
    a) (conservar, preservar) to keep

    mantener la calma/la compostura — to keep calm/one's composure

    b) (cierto estado, cierta situación) (+ compl) to keep
    3)
    a) < conversaciones> to have; < contactos> to maintain, keep up; < correspondencia> to keep up; < relaciones> to maintain
    b) ( cumplir) <promesa/palabra> to keep
    4) (afirmar, sostener) to maintain
    2.
    mantenerse verbo pronominal
    1) ( sustentarse económicamente) to support oneself
    2) (en cierto estado, cierta situación) (+ compl) to keep
    * * *
    = hold together, keep, maintain, maintain, preserve, retain, store, support, sustain, uphold, hold, service, carry on, keep + Nombre + going, operate, hold on to.
    Ex. The organization was trembling on the brink of financial disaster, and only the journal, American Documentation, was holding it together.
    Ex. Guard book or scrapbook type arrangement, with possibly a loose-leaf format, is suitable for organising and keeping cuttings, letters and other small items.
    Ex. Expressiveness can be difficult to maintain as new subjects are added.
    Ex. They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.
    Ex. The concepts are organised into facets, and the facets are arranged and applied in such a way that the general to special order is preserved.
    Ex. At an earlier stage, the Library of Congress had decided to retain certain pre-AACR headings, in order to avoid the expense of extensive recataloguing.
    Ex. The records in a computer data base are structured in order to suit the information that is being stored for various applications.
    Ex. In order to support these three elements, and to ensure that schemes are updated it is important to have some organisation which takes responsibility for revision and publication.
    Ex. Publishers in the United Stated benefit from a larger home market which serves to sustain the production of an information tool.
    Ex. It's about time that we go back to these principles and make sure that the quality of cataloging is upheld.
    Ex. Some theorists hold that one stage must be completely worked through before the next stage can be entered.
    Ex. Special storage facilities have been constructed which are at present serviced manually but will soon be computerised.
    Ex. If a child detects that no very strong value is placed on reading then he feels no compulsion to develop his own reading skill beyond the minimal, functional level we all need simply to carry on our daily lives in our print-dominated society.
    Ex. The author explains how libraries can keep their services going without being slaves to the job.
    Ex. These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.
    Ex. The girls were swept away by the water as they failed to hold on to the bus stand.
    ----
    * capacidad de mantener la atención = attention span.
    * debate + mantenerse = debate + rage.
    * de mantener una conversación = conversational.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * mantener a Alguien alerta = keep + Nombre + on + Posesivo + toes.
    * mantener a Alguien atento = keep + Nombre + on + Posesivo + toes.
    * mantener a Alguien en vilo = keep + Nombre + on + Posesivo + toes.
    * mantener a Alguien informado de = keep + Nombre + posted on.
    * mantener activo = keep + Nombre + going.
    * mantener a flote = keep + afloat.
    * mantener a la par de = keep up with.
    * mantener alejado = keep away, keep + Nombre + out.
    * mantener Algo abierto = hold + Nombre + open.
    * mantener Algo activo = keep + Nombre + at the fore.
    * mantener Algo alejado = keep + Nombre + at arm's length.
    * mantener Algo al mínimo = keep + Nombre + at a minimum.
    * mantener Algo a salvo = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.
    * mantener Algo controlado = keep + Nombre + in check.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * mantener Algo en equilibrio = keep + Nombre + in balance.
    * mantener Algo en la dirección correcta = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * mantener Algo en orden = keep + Nombre + in order.
    * mantener Algo fuera de peligro = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.
    * mantener Algo ordenado = keep + Nombre + tidy, keep + Nombre + in order.
    * mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.
    * mantener al ralentí = idle.
    * mantener a mano = keep to + hand.
    * mantener aparte = keep + separate.
    * mantener a raya = keep at + bay, hold off, keep + Nombre + in line, hold at + bay.
    * mantener bajo control = keep + a rein on.
    * mantener bajo vigilancia = keep under + observation.
    * mantener constancia de = keep + record of.
    * mantener contacto = maintain + contact.
    * mantener control = hold + the reins of control.
    * mantener cooperación = maintain + cooperation.
    * mantener dentro = keep + Nombre + in.
    * mantener el control = stay in + control.
    * mantener el ímpetu = maintain + momentum.
    * mantener el interés = hold + the interest.
    * mantener el orden = keep + order, police.
    * mantener el orden público = maintain + public order.
    * mantener el ritmo = keep + pace.
    * mantener el tipo = keep + a stiff upper lip.
    * mantener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * mantener en privado = be out of the public eye.
    * mantener en reserva = keep on + reserve, keep in + reserve.
    * mantener en secreto = keep + secret, keep + hush hush, keep + confidential, keep + Nombre + under wraps.
    * mantener en sintonía = keep in + step.
    * mantener firme = keep + steady, hold in + line, hold + steady.
    * mantener informado = keep + informed.
    * mantener junto = keep together.
    * mantener la atención de Alguien = hold + Posesivo + attention.
    * mantener la boca cerrada = keep + Posesivo + mouth shut.
    * mantener la bola rodando = keep + the ball rolling.
    * mantener la cabeza = keep + Posesivo + head, keep + Posesivo + head together.
    * mantener la cabeza alta = hold + Posesivo + head high.
    * mantener la cabeza fría = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * mantener la calma = keep + Posesivo + head, keep + Posesivo + head together, keep + Pronombre + cool, remain + cool-headed, keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * mantener la coherencia = maintain + consistency.
    * mantener la compostura = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * mantener la condición (de) = retain + Posesivo + status (as).
    * mantener la continuidad = maintain + continuity.
    * mantener la delantera = keep + ahead.
    * mantener la disciplina = maintain + discipline.
    * mantener la palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * mantener la posición = hold + the line.
    * mantener las apariencias = keep up + appearances.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cuentas = keep + Posesivo + accounts.
    * mantener las distancias con = keep + Nombre + at arm's length.
    * mantener la serenidad = keep + Pronombre + cool, keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * mantener la tradición = keep with + tradition.
    * mantener la vida = sustain + life.
    * mantener libre de = keep + free of.
    * mantener los ojos bien abiertos = keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * mantener los precios = hold + prices down.
    * mantener oculto = keep + Nombre + under wraps.
    * mantener ocupado = keep + busy.
    * mantener ordenado = keep + Nombre + neat and tidy.
    * mantener presente = keep before.
    * mantener presionado = hold down.
    * mantener registro de = keep + record of.
    * mantener relaciones = maintain + contact, maintain + relationships, maintain + relations.
    * mantener relaciones comerciales = do + business.
    * mantenerse actualizado = keep up to + date (with).
    * mantenerse actualizado de = keep + abreast of.
    * mantenerse a distancia = stand off.
    * mantenerse a flote = keep + Posesivo + head above the water, keep + the wolves from the door, stay + afloat, stay in + business.
    * mantenerse aislado = keep to + Reflexivo.
    * mantenerse a la cabeza = stay + ahead of the pack.
    * mantenerse a la escucha = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse al corriente = keep + current.
    * mantenerse al corriente de = keep + abreast of, stay + abreast of, keep + track of.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * mantenerse alejado = stay away, remain + aloof.
    * mantenerse alejado de = stay away from, steer + clear of, give + Nombre + a wide berth, steer away from.
    * mantenerse alejado de la mirada del público = shun + the public eye, keep out of + the public eye.
    * mantenerse alejado de la mirada pública = shun + the public eye, keep out of + the public eye.
    * mantenerse alejado de + Nombre = keep + Nombre + at a distance.
    * mantenerse alerta = keep + alert, keep + an eye open, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * mantenerse al frente = keep + ahead.
    * mantenerse al margen = keep to + Reflexivo, take + a back seat, stand by, remain on + the sidelines.
    * mantenerse al margen de = remain + uninvolved in, hold + Reflexivo + apart from.
    * mantenerse al margen de Algo = stay above + Algo.
    * mantenerse al tanto = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse al tanto de = keep in + sync, keep + a finger on the pulse of, keep + track of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al tanto de los avances = track + developments.
    * mantenerse atento = keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * mantenerse atento a lo que ocurre alrededor = have + an ear to the ground, keep + Posesivo + ear to the ground.
    * mantenerse bien = keep + well.
    * mantenerse caliente = keep + warm.
    * mantenerse callado = keep + quiet.
    * mantenerse callado y pensativo con cierto resentimiento = brood.
    * mantenerse como válido = hold up.
    * mantener secreto = keep + secret.
    * mantenerse despierto = keep + alert, stay + awake.
    * mantenerse en buen estado físico = keep + fit.
    * mantenerse en contacto = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse en contacto (con) = keep in + touch (with), stay in + touch (with).
    * mantenerse en espera = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse en forma = keep + fit.
    * mantenerse en línea con = keep in + line with.
    * mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * mantenerse en + Posesivo + trece = stick to + Posesivo + guns.
    * mantenerse en sincronía = keep in + sync.
    * mantenerse en su sitio = stand + Posesivo + ground.
    * mantenerse en sus trece = stand + Posesivo + ground.
    * mantenerse fiel a = stick with.
    * mantenerse fiel a los principios de Uno = stick to + Posesivo + principles.
    * mantenerse firme = stand + Posesivo + ground, stick to + Posesivo + guns.
    * mantenerse impasible = keep + a stiff upper lip.
    * mantenerse informado = keep up to + date (with), keep + current.
    * mantenerse informado de = keep + abreast of.
    * mantenerse lejos de = steer + clear of, give + Nombre + a wide berth, steer away from.
    * mantenerse líder = stay + ahead of the pack.
    * mantener(se) ocupado = keep + busy.
    * mantener separado = keep apart.
    * mantenerse por delante = keep + ahead.
    * mantenerse por delante de la competencia = keep + one step ahead of the game, keep + one step ahead of the competition.
    * mantenerse unidos = stick together.
    * mantenerse vigente = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * mantener silencio = keep + silent, keep + silence.
    * mantener sincronizado = keep in + step.
    * mantener suspenso en el aire = suspend.
    * mantener todo controlado = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * mantener una actitud = hold + attitude.
    * mantener una actitud abierta = be open-minded.
    * mantener una apariencia de = maintain + a semblance of.
    * mantener una conversación = hold + conversation.
    * mantener una opinión = hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * mantener una promesa = keep + Posesivo + promise.
    * mantener una relación con = carry on + relationship with.
    * mantener un concepto = hold + concept.
    * mantener un control férreo sobre = hold + an iron grip on.
    * mantener un debate = hold + discussion.
    * mantener un equilibrio = balance, maintain + a balance, keep + a balance.
    * mantener un estándar = uphold + standard.
    * mantener un interés = pursue + interest.
    * mantener un registro = keep + log.
    * mantener un registro de = keep + track of, record.
    * mantener un sistema de turnos = hold + a rota of.
    * mantener vigente = keep + alive.
    * mantener vivo = keep + alive, maintain + momentum, keep + Nombre + going.
    * máquina que mantiene las constantes vitales = life-support system.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * voluntad de mantener Algo en secreto = secretiveness.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( económicamente) <familia/persona> to support, maintain; < perro> to keep; < amante> to keep
    2)
    a) (conservar, preservar) to keep

    mantener la calma/la compostura — to keep calm/one's composure

    b) (cierto estado, cierta situación) (+ compl) to keep
    3)
    a) < conversaciones> to have; < contactos> to maintain, keep up; < correspondencia> to keep up; < relaciones> to maintain
    b) ( cumplir) <promesa/palabra> to keep
    4) (afirmar, sostener) to maintain
    2.
    mantenerse verbo pronominal
    1) ( sustentarse económicamente) to support oneself
    2) (en cierto estado, cierta situación) (+ compl) to keep
    * * *
    = hold together, keep, maintain, maintain, preserve, retain, store, support, sustain, uphold, hold, service, carry on, keep + Nombre + going, operate, hold on to.

    Ex: The organization was trembling on the brink of financial disaster, and only the journal, American Documentation, was holding it together.

    Ex: Guard book or scrapbook type arrangement, with possibly a loose-leaf format, is suitable for organising and keeping cuttings, letters and other small items.
    Ex: Expressiveness can be difficult to maintain as new subjects are added.
    Ex: They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.
    Ex: The concepts are organised into facets, and the facets are arranged and applied in such a way that the general to special order is preserved.
    Ex: At an earlier stage, the Library of Congress had decided to retain certain pre-AACR headings, in order to avoid the expense of extensive recataloguing.
    Ex: The records in a computer data base are structured in order to suit the information that is being stored for various applications.
    Ex: In order to support these three elements, and to ensure that schemes are updated it is important to have some organisation which takes responsibility for revision and publication.
    Ex: Publishers in the United Stated benefit from a larger home market which serves to sustain the production of an information tool.
    Ex: It's about time that we go back to these principles and make sure that the quality of cataloging is upheld.
    Ex: Some theorists hold that one stage must be completely worked through before the next stage can be entered.
    Ex: Special storage facilities have been constructed which are at present serviced manually but will soon be computerised.
    Ex: If a child detects that no very strong value is placed on reading then he feels no compulsion to develop his own reading skill beyond the minimal, functional level we all need simply to carry on our daily lives in our print-dominated society.
    Ex: The author explains how libraries can keep their services going without being slaves to the job.
    Ex: These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.
    Ex: The girls were swept away by the water as they failed to hold on to the bus stand.
    * capacidad de mantener la atención = attention span.
    * debate + mantenerse = debate + rage.
    * de mantener una conversación = conversational.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * mantener a Alguien alerta = keep + Nombre + on + Posesivo + toes.
    * mantener a Alguien atento = keep + Nombre + on + Posesivo + toes.
    * mantener a Alguien en vilo = keep + Nombre + on + Posesivo + toes.
    * mantener a Alguien informado de = keep + Nombre + posted on.
    * mantener activo = keep + Nombre + going.
    * mantener a flote = keep + afloat.
    * mantener a la par de = keep up with.
    * mantener alejado = keep away, keep + Nombre + out.
    * mantener Algo abierto = hold + Nombre + open.
    * mantener Algo activo = keep + Nombre + at the fore.
    * mantener Algo alejado = keep + Nombre + at arm's length.
    * mantener Algo al mínimo = keep + Nombre + at a minimum.
    * mantener Algo a salvo = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.
    * mantener Algo controlado = keep + Nombre + in check.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * mantener Algo en equilibrio = keep + Nombre + in balance.
    * mantener Algo en la dirección correcta = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * mantener Algo en orden = keep + Nombre + in order.
    * mantener Algo fuera de peligro = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.
    * mantener Algo ordenado = keep + Nombre + tidy, keep + Nombre + in order.
    * mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.
    * mantener al ralentí = idle.
    * mantener a mano = keep to + hand.
    * mantener aparte = keep + separate.
    * mantener a raya = keep at + bay, hold off, keep + Nombre + in line, hold at + bay.
    * mantener bajo control = keep + a rein on.
    * mantener bajo vigilancia = keep under + observation.
    * mantener constancia de = keep + record of.
    * mantener contacto = maintain + contact.
    * mantener control = hold + the reins of control.
    * mantener cooperación = maintain + cooperation.
    * mantener dentro = keep + Nombre + in.
    * mantener el control = stay in + control.
    * mantener el ímpetu = maintain + momentum.
    * mantener el interés = hold + the interest.
    * mantener el orden = keep + order, police.
    * mantener el orden público = maintain + public order.
    * mantener el ritmo = keep + pace.
    * mantener el tipo = keep + a stiff upper lip.
    * mantener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * mantener en privado = be out of the public eye.
    * mantener en reserva = keep on + reserve, keep in + reserve.
    * mantener en secreto = keep + secret, keep + hush hush, keep + confidential, keep + Nombre + under wraps.
    * mantener en sintonía = keep in + step.
    * mantener firme = keep + steady, hold in + line, hold + steady.
    * mantener informado = keep + informed.
    * mantener junto = keep together.
    * mantener la atención de Alguien = hold + Posesivo + attention.
    * mantener la boca cerrada = keep + Posesivo + mouth shut.
    * mantener la bola rodando = keep + the ball rolling.
    * mantener la cabeza = keep + Posesivo + head, keep + Posesivo + head together.
    * mantener la cabeza alta = hold + Posesivo + head high.
    * mantener la cabeza fría = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * mantener la calma = keep + Posesivo + head, keep + Posesivo + head together, keep + Pronombre + cool, remain + cool-headed, keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * mantener la coherencia = maintain + consistency.
    * mantener la compostura = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * mantener la condición (de) = retain + Posesivo + status (as).
    * mantener la continuidad = maintain + continuity.
    * mantener la delantera = keep + ahead.
    * mantener la disciplina = maintain + discipline.
    * mantener la palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * mantener la posición = hold + the line.
    * mantener las apariencias = keep up + appearances.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cuentas = keep + Posesivo + accounts.
    * mantener las distancias con = keep + Nombre + at arm's length.
    * mantener la serenidad = keep + Pronombre + cool, keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * mantener la tradición = keep with + tradition.
    * mantener la vida = sustain + life.
    * mantener libre de = keep + free of.
    * mantener los ojos bien abiertos = keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * mantener los precios = hold + prices down.
    * mantener oculto = keep + Nombre + under wraps.
    * mantener ocupado = keep + busy.
    * mantener ordenado = keep + Nombre + neat and tidy.
    * mantener presente = keep before.
    * mantener presionado = hold down.
    * mantener registro de = keep + record of.
    * mantener relaciones = maintain + contact, maintain + relationships, maintain + relations.
    * mantener relaciones comerciales = do + business.
    * mantenerse actualizado = keep up to + date (with).
    * mantenerse actualizado de = keep + abreast of.
    * mantenerse a distancia = stand off.
    * mantenerse a flote = keep + Posesivo + head above the water, keep + the wolves from the door, stay + afloat, stay in + business.
    * mantenerse aislado = keep to + Reflexivo.
    * mantenerse a la cabeza = stay + ahead of the pack.
    * mantenerse a la escucha = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse al corriente = keep + current.
    * mantenerse al corriente de = keep + abreast of, stay + abreast of, keep + track of.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * mantenerse alejado = stay away, remain + aloof.
    * mantenerse alejado de = stay away from, steer + clear of, give + Nombre + a wide berth, steer away from.
    * mantenerse alejado de la mirada del público = shun + the public eye, keep out of + the public eye.
    * mantenerse alejado de la mirada pública = shun + the public eye, keep out of + the public eye.
    * mantenerse alejado de + Nombre = keep + Nombre + at a distance.
    * mantenerse alerta = keep + alert, keep + an eye open, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * mantenerse al frente = keep + ahead.
    * mantenerse al margen = keep to + Reflexivo, take + a back seat, stand by, remain on + the sidelines.
    * mantenerse al margen de = remain + uninvolved in, hold + Reflexivo + apart from.
    * mantenerse al margen de Algo = stay above + Algo.
    * mantenerse al tanto = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse al tanto de = keep in + sync, keep + a finger on the pulse of, keep + track of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al tanto de los avances = track + developments.
    * mantenerse atento = keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * mantenerse atento a lo que ocurre alrededor = have + an ear to the ground, keep + Posesivo + ear to the ground.
    * mantenerse bien = keep + well.
    * mantenerse caliente = keep + warm.
    * mantenerse callado = keep + quiet.
    * mantenerse callado y pensativo con cierto resentimiento = brood.
    * mantenerse como válido = hold up.
    * mantener secreto = keep + secret.
    * mantenerse despierto = keep + alert, stay + awake.
    * mantenerse en buen estado físico = keep + fit.
    * mantenerse en contacto = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse en contacto (con) = keep in + touch (with), stay in + touch (with).
    * mantenerse en espera = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse en forma = keep + fit.
    * mantenerse en línea con = keep in + line with.
    * mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * mantenerse en + Posesivo + trece = stick to + Posesivo + guns.
    * mantenerse en sincronía = keep in + sync.
    * mantenerse en su sitio = stand + Posesivo + ground.
    * mantenerse en sus trece = stand + Posesivo + ground.
    * mantenerse fiel a = stick with.
    * mantenerse fiel a los principios de Uno = stick to + Posesivo + principles.
    * mantenerse firme = stand + Posesivo + ground, stick to + Posesivo + guns.
    * mantenerse impasible = keep + a stiff upper lip.
    * mantenerse informado = keep up to + date (with), keep + current.
    * mantenerse informado de = keep + abreast of.
    * mantenerse lejos de = steer + clear of, give + Nombre + a wide berth, steer away from.
    * mantenerse líder = stay + ahead of the pack.
    * mantener(se) ocupado = keep + busy.
    * mantener separado = keep apart.
    * mantenerse por delante = keep + ahead.
    * mantenerse por delante de la competencia = keep + one step ahead of the game, keep + one step ahead of the competition.
    * mantenerse unidos = stick together.
    * mantenerse vigente = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * mantener silencio = keep + silent, keep + silence.
    * mantener sincronizado = keep in + step.
    * mantener suspenso en el aire = suspend.
    * mantener todo controlado = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * mantener una actitud = hold + attitude.
    * mantener una actitud abierta = be open-minded.
    * mantener una apariencia de = maintain + a semblance of.
    * mantener una conversación = hold + conversation.
    * mantener una opinión = hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * mantener una promesa = keep + Posesivo + promise.
    * mantener una relación con = carry on + relationship with.
    * mantener un concepto = hold + concept.
    * mantener un control férreo sobre = hold + an iron grip on.
    * mantener un debate = hold + discussion.
    * mantener un equilibrio = balance, maintain + a balance, keep + a balance.
    * mantener un estándar = uphold + standard.
    * mantener un interés = pursue + interest.
    * mantener un registro = keep + log.
    * mantener un registro de = keep + track of, record.
    * mantener un sistema de turnos = hold + a rota of.
    * mantener vigente = keep + alive.
    * mantener vivo = keep + alive, maintain + momentum, keep + Nombre + going.
    * máquina que mantiene las constantes vitales = life-support system.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * voluntad de mantener Algo en secreto = secretiveness.

    * * *
    vt
    A (sustentar económicamente) ‹familia/persona› to support, maintain
    cuesta una fortuna mantener a ese perro tan grande it costs a fortune to keep that enormous dog
    ¡y pretende que ella lo mantenga! and he expects her to support o keep him!
    B
    1 (conservar, preservar) to keep
    mantener la calma/la compostura to keep calm/one's composure
    mantener el orden to keep o ( frml) maintain order
    para mantener la paz in order to keep the peace
    mantener su peso actual to maintain his present weight
    mantener las viejas tradiciones to keep up the old traditions
    2 (en cierto estado, cierta situación) (+ compl) to keep
    los postes mantienen la viga en posición the posts keep the beam in position
    mantener el equilibrio to keep one's balance
    lo mantiene en equilibrio sobre la punta de la nariz he balances it on the end of his nose
    los militares lo mantuvieron en el poder the military kept him in power
    todos los medicamentos deben mantenerse fuera del alcance de los niños all medicines should be kept out of reach of children
    [ S ] mantenga limpia su ciudad keep Norwich ( o York etc) tidy
    [ S ] una vez abierto manténgase refrigerado keep refrigerated once open
    no mantiene su coche en buenas condiciones he doesn't keep his car in good condition, he doesn't maintain his car very well
    sigue manteniendo vivos sus ideales he still keeps his ideals alive
    C
    1 ‹conversaciones› to have; ‹contactos› to maintain, keep up; ‹correspondencia› to keep up; ‹relaciones› to maintain
    durante las negociaciones mantenidas en Ginebra during the negotiations held in Geneva
    2 (cumplir) ‹promesa/palabra› to keep
    D (afirmar, sostener) to maintain
    mantiene que es inocente he maintains that he is innocent
    A (sustentarse económicamente) to support o maintain o keep oneself
    B (en cierto estado, cierta situación) (+ compl) to keep
    se mantuvieron en primera división they kept their place o they stayed in the first division
    mantenerse en forma to keep in shape, to keep fit
    lo único que se mantiene en pie es la torre all that remains is the tower, only the tower is still standing
    se mantiene al día she keeps up to date
    siempre se mantuvo a distancia he always kept his distance
    se mantuvo en contacto con sus amigos de la infancia he kept in touch with o kept up with his childhood friends
    se mantuvo neutral en la disputa he remained neutral in the dispute
    C
    (alimentarse): nos mantuvimos a base de latas we lived off tinned food
    se mantiene a base de vitaminas he lives on vitamin pills
    * * *

     

    mantener ( conjugate mantener) verbo transitivo
    1 ( económicamente) ‹familia/persona› to support, maintain;
    ‹ amante› to keep
    2 (conservar, preservar) to keep;

    mantener el equilibrio to keep one's balance;
    mantener algo en equilibrio to balance sth;
    para mantener su peso actual to maintain his present weight
    3

    ‹ contactos› to maintain, keep up;
    ‹ correspondencia› to keep up;
    ‹ relaciones› to maintain
    b) ( cumplir) ‹promesa/palabra› to keep

    4 (afirmar, sostener) to maintain
    mantenerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( sustentarse económicamente) to support oneself
    2 (en cierto estado, cierta situación) to keep;

    la torre aún se mantiene en pie the tower is still standing;
    mantenerse en contacto (con algn) to keep in touch (with sb)
    3 ( alimentarse):

    mantener verbo transitivo
    1 (conservar) to keep: ella mantiene vivo su recuerdo, she keeps his memory alive
    mantén la calma, keep calm
    2 (sostener) to have: mantuvimos una conversación muy seria, we had a very serious talk
    (una teoría, hipótesis) to defend, maintain
    3 (alimentar, sustentar) to support, feed: no podían mantener las dos casas, they couldn't keep up both houses
    4 (peso) to support, hold up
    ' mantener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    callarse
    - conchabarse
    - conservar
    - conservarse
    - continuismo
    - escribirse
    - ir
    - hilo
    - línea
    - raya
    - sustentar
    - tener
    - tipo
    - ahuyentar
    - alerta
    - calma
    - correspondencia
    - corriente
    - disciplina
    - flote
    - guardar
    - llevar
    - mantiene
    - mantuve
    - orden
    - preservar
    - sujetar
    English:
    balance
    - bay
    - buoy
    - captive
    - carry on
    - cherish
    - cool
    - fire
    - hold
    - hold off
    - house
    - hygiene
    - image
    - keep
    - keep away
    - keep down
    - keep up
    - maintain
    - order
    - preserve
    - provide for
    - retain
    - secrecy
    - stall
    - support
    - suspense
    - sustain
    - swear
    - track
    - unionist
    - uphold
    - weight-watching
    - white elephant
    - carry
    - clear
    - conduct
    - correspond
    - credit
    - door
    - go
    - head
    - inform
    - occupy
    - peace
    - police
    - provide
    - segregate
    - stand
    - stick
    - struggle
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [económicamente] to support;
    con su sueldo mantiene a toda la familia he has to support o keep his whole family with his wages
    2. [sostener] to keep;
    un andamio mantiene el edificio en pie a scaffold supports the building o keeps the building from falling down;
    mantén los brazos en alto keep your arms in the air
    3. [conservar] to keep;
    [ritmo, nivel, presión] to keep up;
    mantener las amistades to keep up one's friendships;
    mantener algo en buen estado to keep sth in good condition;
    mantener la calma to stay calm;
    mantener el orden to keep order;
    mantener la línea to keep one's figure;
    mantener una promesa/la palabra to keep a promise/one's word;
    mantenga limpia su ciudad [en letrero] keep your city tidy;
    manténgase en un lugar seco [en etiqueta] keep in a dry place;
    manténgase fuera del alcance de los niños [en medicamento, producto tóxico] keep out of the reach of children;
    es incapaz de mantener la boca cerrada he can't keep his mouth shut
    4. [tener] [conversación] to have;
    [negociaciones, diálogo] to hold;
    mantener correspondencia con alguien to correspond with sb;
    mantener relaciones con alguien to have a relationship with sb;
    mantener contactos con alguien to be in contact with sb
    5. [defender] [convicción, idea] to stick to;
    [candidatura] to refuse to withdraw;
    mantiene su inocencia she maintains that she is innocent;
    mantiene que no la vio he maintains that he didn't see her
    * * *
    v/t
    1 ( sujetar) hold; techo etc hold up
    2 ( preservar) keep
    4 económicamente support
    5 ( afirmar) maintain
    * * *
    mantener {80} vt
    1) sustentar: to support, to feed
    mantener uno su familia: to support one's family
    2) conservar: to keep, to preserve
    3) continuar: to keep up, to sustain
    mantener una correspondencia: to keep up a correspondence
    4) afirmar: to maintain, to affirm
    * * *
    1. (en general) to keep [pt. & pp. kept]
    2. (económicamente) to support
    3. (afirmar) to maintain
    4. (sujetar) to hold [pt. & pp. held]

    Spanish-English dictionary > mantener

  • 42 saltar

    v.
    1 to jump (over).
    saltó de o desde una ventana she jumped out of o from a window
    saltar de un tema a otro to jump (around) from one subject to another
    La rana salta The frog jumps.
    2 to jump up.
    saltar de la silla to jump out of one's seat
    3 to jump, to shoot (salir disparado) (object).
    4 to go off (alarma).
    hacer saltar to set off
    5 to explode, to blow up.
    el automóvil saltó por los aires the car was blown into the air
    han saltado los plomos the fuses have blown
    6 to break.
    saltar a la mínima to be quick to lose one's temper
    8 to skip, to miss out.
    9 to bound.
    10 to jump over, to leap over, to climb over, to jump.
    El chico salta el río The boy jumps over the river.
    11 to pop, to protrude.
    Estaba tan asustado que sus ojos saltaron He was so scared his eyes popped.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to jump, leap
    2 (en paracaídas) to parachute
    3 (romperse) to break; (estallar) to burst
    4 (desprenderse) to come off
    5 (tapón, corcho) to pop out, pop off
    6 figurado (enfadarse) to blow up, explode
    8 figurado (decir) to come out ( con, with); (contestar) to answer ( con, with)
    9 figurado (de un cargo, empleo) to be thrown out
    1 figurado (salvar de un salto) to jump (over), leap (over)
    2 (arrancar) to pull off
    3 (ajedrez etc) to jump
    4 figurado (omitir) to skip, miss out
    1 (ley etc) to ignore
    2 (omitir) to skip, miss out
    3 (desprenderse) to come off; (- lentilla) to fall out
    \
    estar a la que salta (estar atento) to be always on the look out for an opportunity 2 (enfadarse por todo) to have a short fuse
    hacer saltar to blow up
    hacer saltar las lágrimas a alguien figurado to bring tears to somebody's eyes
    saltar a la cuerda / saltar a la comba to skip
    saltar a la vista figurado to be obvious, be as plain as the nose on one's face
    saltar de alegría figurado to jump for joy
    saltar en pedazos to break into pieces, smash to bits
    saltar sobre alguien figurado to pounce on somebody
    saltarle a alguien la tapa de los sesos familiar to blow somebody's brains out
    saltarse el turno to jump the queue
    saltarse un semáforo to jump the lights
    saltársele a uno las lágrimas figurado to have tears in one's eyes
    * * *
    verb
    1) to jump, leap
    2) burst, explode
    •
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [persona, animal] (=dar un salto) (tb Atletismo) to jump; [más lejos] to leap; [a la pata coja] to hop

    saltar a la comba — to skip, jump rope (EEUU)

    hacer saltar un caballo — to jump a horse, make a horse jump

    2) (=lanzarse)
    a) (lit)

    saltar al campo o al césped — (Dep) to come out on to the pitch

    • saltar al agua — to jump o dive into the water

    • saltar de la cama — to leap out of bed

    • saltar en paracaídas — to parachute

    • saltar por una ventana — to jump o leap out of a window

    • saltar sobre algn — to jump o leap o pounce on sb

    • saltar a tierra — to leap ashore

    b) (fig)

    saltar al mundo de la política — to go into politics, move into the political arena

    saltar a la fama — to win fame, be shot to fame

    3) (=salir disparado) [chispa] to fly, fly out; [líquido] to shoot out, spurt out; [corcho] to pop out; [resorte] to break, go *; [astilla] to fly off; [botón] to come off; [pelota] to fly
    4) (=estallar) [cristal] to shatter; [recipiente] to crack; [madera] to crack, snap, break

    • saltar por los aires, el coche saltó por los aires — the car was blown up

    banca 2)
    5) (Elec) [alarma] to go off; [plomos] to blow
    6) [al hablar]
    a) [de forma inesperada] to say, pipe up *

    -¡estupendo! -saltó uno de los chavales — "great!" piped up * o said one of the boys

    saltar de una cosa a otra — to skip from one thing o subject to another, skip about

    b) [con ira] to explode, blow up
    7) (=irse)
    8) [cantidad, cifra] to shoot up, leap, leap up
    9)

    saltar atrás — (Bio) to revert

    2. VT
    1) [+ muro, obstáculo] [por encima] to jump over, jump; [llegando más lejos] to leap, leap over; [apoyándose con las manos] to vault
    2) (=arrancar)
    3) [con explosivos] to blow up
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( brincar) to jump; (más alto, más lejos) to leap

    saltar a la cuerda or (Esp) comba — to jump rope (AmE), to skip (BrE)

    saltar con or en una pierna — to hop

    b) ( en atletismo) to jump

    tendrá que saltar 1,85m — he will have to jump o clear 1.85m

    c) pelota to bounce
    d) ( lanzarse) to jump

    saltar a tierra/al suelo — to jump to the ground

    ¿sabes saltar del trampolín? — can you dive off the springboard?

    saltar SOBRE algo/alguien — to jump on something/somebody

    saltar de la cama/del sillón — to jump out of bed/off one's chair

    2)
    a) ( aparecer)

    saltar A algo: ambos equipos saltan al terreno de juego the two teams are now coming out onto the pitch; salta a la vista que... it's patently obvious that...; la noticia saltó a primera plana — the story hit the headlines o made front-page news

    b) ( pasar)
    3)
    a) botón to come off, pop off; chispas to fly; aceite to spit; corcho to pop out; fusibles to blow
    b) ( estallar)
    4) (fam) persona
    a) ( enojarse) to lose one's temper, get angry
    b) (decir, soltar) to retort

    - eso no es verdad -saltó Julián — that's not true, retorted Julián

    saltar con algo: ¿y ahora saltas con eso? — and now you come out with that?

    2.
    saltar vt
    a) <obstáculo/valla/zanja> to jump (over); ( apoyándose) to vault (over)
    b) ( omitir) <pregunta/página> to skip, miss out
    3.
    saltarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( omitir) <línea/página/nombre> to skip; < comida> to miss, skip
    b) <semáforo/stop> to jump; < leyes> to bypass, circumvent
    2) botón to come off, pop off; pintura to chip
    3) (Chi) diente/loza to chip
    * * *
    = leap, bounce, pipe, skip, jump, hop, pop.
    Ex. For those involved in producing BNB, the eighties have seen this question leap in a single bound into the realm of stark reality from the cosy abstraction of AACR2.
    Ex. When children bounce on mother's knee to a song or a nursery rhyme and maybe when they chuckle at special words, names, and puns, they are responding to the texture and rhythm of sounds.
    Ex. Suddenly she piped triumphantly, almost getting to her feet: 'We could let the student assistants go!'.
    Ex. The article 'Hop, skip, and jump' reviews the range of specialist browsing tools available to beginners for navigating the World Wide Web.
    Ex. Field lengths are indicated as explained above and the cursor can be made to 'jump' from field to field for entry or amendment.
    Ex. The article ' Hop, skip, and jump' reviews the range of specialist browsing tools available to beginners for navigating the World Wide Web.
    Ex. The azaleas are popping, the redbuds are in their finest attire, and the dogwoods are lacy jewels at the edge of the wood.
    ----
    * cuerda de saltar = skipping rope, skip rope, jump rope.
    * empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up.
    * empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up with tears.
    * escapar saltando en paracaídas = bale out.
    * fusible + saltar = blow + a fuse.
    * hacer saltar la banca = break + the bank.
    * hacer saltar por los aires = blow + sky high.
    * peldaños para saltar una cerca = stile.
    * saltar a la fama = jump into + stardom.
    * saltar a la palestra = come out in + the open.
    * saltar a la vista = be patently clear.
    * saltar al estrellato = jump into + stardom.
    * saltar de una isla a otra = island-hop.
    * saltar en paracaídas = parachute.
    * saltar la comba = skip + rope.
    * saltarse = skip over, skip.
    * saltarse Algo a la torera = flout.
    * saltarse la ley a la torera = flout + the law.
    * saltarse pasos intermedios = jump + steps.
    * saltarse una clase = skip + class, miss + class, cut + class.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( brincar) to jump; (más alto, más lejos) to leap

    saltar a la cuerda or (Esp) comba — to jump rope (AmE), to skip (BrE)

    saltar con or en una pierna — to hop

    b) ( en atletismo) to jump

    tendrá que saltar 1,85m — he will have to jump o clear 1.85m

    c) pelota to bounce
    d) ( lanzarse) to jump

    saltar a tierra/al suelo — to jump to the ground

    ¿sabes saltar del trampolín? — can you dive off the springboard?

    saltar SOBRE algo/alguien — to jump on something/somebody

    saltar de la cama/del sillón — to jump out of bed/off one's chair

    2)
    a) ( aparecer)

    saltar A algo: ambos equipos saltan al terreno de juego the two teams are now coming out onto the pitch; salta a la vista que... it's patently obvious that...; la noticia saltó a primera plana — the story hit the headlines o made front-page news

    b) ( pasar)
    3)
    a) botón to come off, pop off; chispas to fly; aceite to spit; corcho to pop out; fusibles to blow
    b) ( estallar)
    4) (fam) persona
    a) ( enojarse) to lose one's temper, get angry
    b) (decir, soltar) to retort

    - eso no es verdad -saltó Julián — that's not true, retorted Julián

    saltar con algo: ¿y ahora saltas con eso? — and now you come out with that?

    2.
    saltar vt
    a) <obstáculo/valla/zanja> to jump (over); ( apoyándose) to vault (over)
    b) ( omitir) <pregunta/página> to skip, miss out
    3.
    saltarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( omitir) <línea/página/nombre> to skip; < comida> to miss, skip
    b) <semáforo/stop> to jump; < leyes> to bypass, circumvent
    2) botón to come off, pop off; pintura to chip
    3) (Chi) diente/loza to chip
    * * *
    = leap, bounce, pipe, skip, jump, hop, pop.

    Ex: For those involved in producing BNB, the eighties have seen this question leap in a single bound into the realm of stark reality from the cosy abstraction of AACR2.

    Ex: When children bounce on mother's knee to a song or a nursery rhyme and maybe when they chuckle at special words, names, and puns, they are responding to the texture and rhythm of sounds.
    Ex: Suddenly she piped triumphantly, almost getting to her feet: 'We could let the student assistants go!'.
    Ex: The article 'Hop, skip, and jump' reviews the range of specialist browsing tools available to beginners for navigating the World Wide Web.
    Ex: Field lengths are indicated as explained above and the cursor can be made to 'jump' from field to field for entry or amendment.
    Ex: The article ' Hop, skip, and jump' reviews the range of specialist browsing tools available to beginners for navigating the World Wide Web.
    Ex: The azaleas are popping, the redbuds are in their finest attire, and the dogwoods are lacy jewels at the edge of the wood.
    * cuerda de saltar = skipping rope, skip rope, jump rope.
    * empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up.
    * empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up with tears.
    * escapar saltando en paracaídas = bale out.
    * fusible + saltar = blow + a fuse.
    * hacer saltar la banca = break + the bank.
    * hacer saltar por los aires = blow + sky high.
    * peldaños para saltar una cerca = stile.
    * saltar a la fama = jump into + stardom.
    * saltar a la palestra = come out in + the open.
    * saltar a la vista = be patently clear.
    * saltar al estrellato = jump into + stardom.
    * saltar de una isla a otra = island-hop.
    * saltar en paracaídas = parachute.
    * saltar la comba = skip + rope.
    * saltarse = skip over, skip.
    * saltarse Algo a la torera = flout.
    * saltarse la ley a la torera = flout + the law.
    * saltarse pasos intermedios = jump + steps.
    * saltarse una clase = skip + class, miss + class, cut + class.

    * * *
    saltar [A1 ]
    vi
    A
    1 (brincar) to jump; (más alto, más lejos) to leap
    saltar a la cuerda or ( Esp) a la comba or ( Chi) al cordel to jump rope ( AmE), to skip ( BrE)
    saltaban de (la) alegría they were jumping for joy
    tuve que saltar por encima de las cajas I had to jump over the boxes
    saltó de la silla he leapt o jumped up out of his chair
    los cachorros saltaban juguetones a su alrededor the puppies romped playfully around her
    miraba saltar las truchas en el río he watched the trout leaping in the river
    saltar con or en una pierna to hop
    están dispuestos a saltar por encima de todo para conseguirlo they're prepared to go to any lengths o they'll stop at nothing to get it
    2 (en atletismo) to jump
    saltó casi seis metros he jumped nearly six meters
    para clasificarse tendrá que saltar 1,85m to qualify he will have to jump o clear 1.85m
    3 «pelota» to bounce; «párpado» to twitch
    4 (lanzarse) to jump
    saltó del tren en marcha she jumped from the moving train
    saltar en paracaídas to parachute
    saltó desde una ventana/desde un tercer piso he jumped from a window/the third floor
    al saltar a tierra se hizo daño she hurt herself jumping to the ground
    echó una carrera y saltó al otro lado del río he took a run and jumped o leapt over the river
    ¿sabes saltar del trampolín? can you dive off the springboard?
    saltó al vacío he leapt into space
    saltar SOBRE algn/algo to jump ON sb/sth
    dos individuos saltaron sobre él y le robaron la cartera two people jumped on him and stole his wallet
    la pantera saltó sobre su presa the panther jumped o leapt o sprang on its prey
    B
    1 (aparecer) saltar A algo:
    ambos equipos saltan al terreno de juego the two teams are now coming out onto the pitch
    salta ahora a las pantallas comerciales is now on release at commercial theaters ( AmE) o ( BrE) cinemas
    cuatro nombres saltan de inmediato a la memoria four names immediately spring to mind
    salta a la vista que están descontentos it's patently obvious o quite clear that they're unhappy
    la noticia saltó a la primera página de los periódicos the story hit the headlines o made front-page news
    2 (pasar) saltar DE algo A algo to jump FROM sth TO sth
    el disco ha saltado del cuarto al primer puesto the record has jumped from number four to number one
    saltaba de una idea a otra she was jumping about o skipping from one idea to the next
    C
    1 «botón» to come off, pop off; «chispas» to fly; «aceite» to spit
    le hizo saltar tres dientes de un puñetazo he knocked out three of his teeth with one punch
    agitó la botella y el corcho saltó he shook the bottle and the cork popped out
    han saltado los plomos or fusibles or (CS) tapones the fuses have blown
    hacer saltar la banca to break the bank
    2 (romperse) «vaso/cristal» to shatter
    se cayó y saltó en mil pedazos it fell and shattered into a thousand pieces
    3
    (estallar): la bomba hizo saltar el coche por los aires the bomb blew the car into the air
    hicieron saltar el edificio con dinamita they blew up the building with dynamite
    D ( fam) «persona»
    1 (enojarse) to lose one's temper, get angry
    salta por nada he loses his temper o gets angry for no reason
    2 (decir, soltar) to retort
    —eso no es verdad —saltó Julián that's not true, Julián retorted
    saltar CON algo:
    saltó con una serie de insultos he came out with o let fly with a stream of insults
    ¿y ahora saltas con que no te interesa? and now you suddenly say that you're not interested?
    estar a la que salta ( fam): éste siempre está a la que salta (alerta a las oportunidades) he never misses a trick ( colloq) (listo a criticar) he never misses an opportunity o a chance to criticize
    E ( fam) (perder un empleo) to get the shove o chop ( colloq)
    ■ saltar
    vt
    A
    1 ‹obstáculo/valla/zanja› to jump, jump over; (apoyándose) to vault, vault over
    el caballo se negó a saltar la valla por segunda vez the horse refused the fence for the second time
    no se puede saltar la ficha del contrario you are not allowed to jump over your opponent's piece
    2 (omitir) ‹pregunta/página› to skip, miss out
    me saltó al pasar lista he missed me out when he was taking the register
    B (CS) ( Coc) (saltear, freír) to sauté, lightly fry
    C ( Chi) ‹diente/loza› to chip
    A
    1 (omitir) ‹línea/palabra/página› to skip
    no es bueno saltarse así una comida it's not good to miss o skip a meal like that
    2 ‹semáforo/stop› to jump; ‹leyes› to bypass, circumvent torera
    B «botón» to come off, pop off; «pintura» to chip
    se le ha saltado el esmalte the varnish has chipped
    se le saltaron las lágrimas tears sprang to her eyes, her eyes filled with tears
    * * *

     

    saltar ( conjugate saltar) verbo intransitivo
    1

    (más alto, más lejos) to leap;
    saltar a la cuerda or (Esp) comba to jump rope (AmE), to skip (BrE);

    saltar con or en una pierna to hop;
    saltar de la cama/silla to jump out of bed/one's chair




    saltar en paracaídas to parachute;
    ¿sabes saltar del trampolín? can you dive off the springboard?;
    saltó al vacío he leapt into space;
    saltar SOBRE algo/algn to jump on sth/sb
    2 ( pasar) saltar DE algo A algo to jump from sth to sth;

    3 [ botón] to come off, pop off;
    [ chispas] to fly;
    [ aceite] to spit;
    [ corcho] to pop out;
    [ fusibles] to blow;

    verbo transitivo ‹obstáculo/valla/zanja› to jump (over);
    ( apoyándose) to vault (over)
    saltarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) ( omitir) ‹línea/página/nombre› to skip, miss out;

    ‹ comida› to miss, skip
    b) ‹semáforo/stop› to jump

    2 [ botón] to come off, pop off;
    [ pintura] to chip;

    3 (Chi) [diente/loza] to chip
    saltar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to jump, leap
    saltar con una pierna, to hop
    saltar en paracaídas, to parachute
    2 (el aceite, etc) to spit
    3 (una alarma, etc) to go off
    4 (con una explosión o estallido) to explode, blow up
    5 (con una frase) to retort: no me vuelvas a saltar con esa tontería, don't come out with such nonsense again
    6 (a la mente) to leap (to one's mind)
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (por encima de algo) to jump (over)
    ♦ Locuciones: hacer saltar por los aires, to blow into the air
    saltar a la vista, to be obvious
    ' saltar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aire
    - cantar
    - comba
    - espatarrarse
    - estampido
    - fleje
    - palestra
    - parar
    - ponerse
    - tirarse
    - alegría
    - animar
    - capaz
    - cordel
    - cuerda
    - junto
    - lazo
    - pata
    English:
    bail out
    - blast
    - dare
    - dive
    - fuse
    - hop
    - jump
    - jump out
    - leap
    - parachute
    - poised
    - pop
    - pounce
    - skip
    - sky-dive
    - spring
    - vault
    - blow
    - bound
    - chip
    - fore
    - joy
    - running
    - send
    - take
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [obstáculo, valla, verja] to jump (over);
    si salta los 2,35 ganará la prueba if he jumps o clears 2.35 metres, he'll win the competition
    2. [omitir] to skip, to miss out;
    me saltaron al nombrar los candidatos they missed me out of the list of candidates
    3. [romper violentamente]
    saltar una cerradura to force a lock;
    saltar un ojo a alguien to poke sb's eye out;
    Informát
    saltar la protección de un programa to break a program's protection, to crack a program
    4. CSur [sofreír] to sauté, to fry lightly
    ♦ vi
    1. [brincar, lanzarse] to jump;
    los chicos saltaron al otro lado de la tapia the children jumped over the wall;
    saltó de o [m5] desde una ventana she jumped out of o from a window;
    Bubka fue el primero en saltar por encima de los 6 metros Bubka was the first person to clear 6 metres;
    saltar de alegría to jump for joy;
    saltar a la cuerda o Esp [m5] comba to skip;
    saltar en paracaídas to parachute;
    saltar al río to jump into the river;
    saltar a tierra to jump to the ground;
    saltar del o [m5] desde el trampolín to dive off the springboard;
    saltar al vacío to leap into space;
    los jugadores saltan al campo the players are coming out onto the field;
    saltar de un tema a otro to jump (around) from one subject to another;
    saltábamos de la euforia al desánimo our mood was swinging backwards and forwards between euphoria and dejection;
    saltar sobre algo/alguien [abalanzarse] to jump on sth/sb;
    Fam RP
    saltar en una pata to be over the moon
    2. [levantarse de repente] to jump up;
    saltar de la silla/cama to jump out of one's seat/out of bed
    3. [salir disparado] [objeto] to jump, to shoot;
    [corcho, válvula] to pop out; [botón] to pop off; [aceite] to spurt; [esquirlas, astillas, chispas] to fly
    4. [explotar] to explode, to blow up;
    el automóvil saltó por los aires the car was blown into the air;
    han saltado los plomos o CSur [m5] tapones the fuses have blown
    5. [romperse] to crack;
    fregando los platos me saltó un vaso I broke one of the glasses when I was doing the washing-up
    6. [decir inesperadamente]
    “de eso nada”, saltó ella “no way,” she blurted out;
    saltar con to suddenly come out with;
    saltó con una impertinencia he suddenly came out with an impertinent remark;
    cuando le pasaron la factura saltó con que no tenía dinero when they gave her the bill, she suddenly said she didn't have any money
    7. [reaccionar bruscamente] to explode;
    saltar a la mínima to be quick to lose one's temper
    8. [alarma] to go off;
    [botón] to jump out; [mecanismo, termostato, interruptor] to activate;
    hacer saltar la alarma to set off the alarm
    9. [agua, cascada]
    saltar por to gush down, to pour down
    10. [venir]
    me salta a la memoria aquel momento inolvidable cuando… that unforgettable moment springs to mind, when…
    11. Comp
    está a la que salta [para aprovechar ocasión] she's always on the lookout;
    [para señalar error ajeno] she never misses a chance to criticize
    * * *
    I v/i
    1 jump, leap;
    saltar a la comba jump rope, Br skip;
    estar a la que salta never miss an opportunity
    :
    saltar sobre pounce on;
    saltar a la vista fig be obvious, be clear
    3 de fusible, plomos blow;
    saltar por los aires blow up, explode
    4
    :
    saltó con una sarta de estupideces he came out with one stupid thing after another
    II v/t
    1 valla jump
    2
    :
    saltar la banca break the bank
    * * *
    saltar vi
    1) brincar: to jump, to leap
    2) : to bounce
    3) : to come off, to pop out
    4) : to shatter, to break
    5) : to explode, to blow up
    saltar vt
    1) : to jump, to jump over
    2) : to skip, to miss
    * * *
    saltar vb
    1. (en general) to jump
    3. (tapón) to come off [pt. came; pp. come]
    4. (enfadarse) to lose your temper [pt. & pp. lost]
    saltar a la comba to skip [pt. & pp. skipped]
    saltar a la pata coja to hop [pt. & pp. hopped]

    Spanish-English dictionary > saltar

  • 43 desconocido

    adj.
    1 unknown, anonymous, unfamiliar, obscure.
    2 undiscovered, strange, uncharted.
    f. & m.
    stranger, unidentified individual, unknown individual.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: desconocer.
    * * *
    1→ link=desconocer desconocer
    1 (no conocido) unknown
    2 (no reconocido) unrecognized
    3 (extraño) strange, unfamiliar
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 stranger, unknown person
    1 the unknown
    \
    estar desconocido,-a to be unrecognizable
    * * *
    1. (f. - desconocida)
    noun
    2. (f. - desconocida)
    adj.
    * * *
    desconocido, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) [gen] unknown
    2)

    estar desconocido: con ese traje estás desconocido — I'd hardly recognize you o you're unrecognizable in that suit

    después del divorcio está desconocido — he's a changed person o he's like a different person since the divorce

    2.
    SM / F stranger
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    a) <hecho/método/sensación> unknown
    b) <artista/atleta> unknown
    c) < persona> ( extraño)
    d) (fam) ( irreconocible)

    ahora hasta plancha, está desconocido — he's like a different man, he even does the ironing

    II
    - da masculino, femenino
    a) ( no conocido) stranger
    * * *
    = stranger, unfamiliar, unheard of, unidentified, unknown, unrecognised [unrecognized, -USA], outsider, uncharted, unchartered, unheard, unnoticed, unnoted, nomen nescio [N.N.].
    Ex. Many Americans viewed this influx of strangers with alarm.
    Ex. We are used to background noise in air conditioned buildings but the introduction of additional and unfamiliar sounds from AV equipment may be disturbing.
    Ex. Hypermedia offers unheard of opportunities to gain insight into the way young people perceive, process and use information.
    Ex. Names of speakers from the audience which were not clear from the tapes are listed as ' unidentified'.
    Ex. Works with unknown or uncertain personal authorship, or works emanating from a body that lacks a name are to be entered under title.
    Ex. It is undeniable that the ripest crop of unrecognised great inventors, long-lost heirs to dormant peerages, and assorted harmless drudges is to be gathered in the great general libraries of our major cities.
    Ex. The library director does not want to take the chance that by allowing the trustees to get active he might lose partial control of the library operation to an 'outsider'.
    Ex. News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.
    Ex. This author agrees that the facts listed above are unchartered.
    Ex. As professionals are informed about the often unspoken and unheard stories relating to hearing loss, they can then serve with greater knowledge, empathy, and hope.
    Ex. By retrieving and bringing together these two literatures, that implicit unstated, and perhaps unnoticed hypothesis becomes apparent.
    Ex. This approach draws attention to hitherto unnoted relationships among concepts.
    Ex. Nomen nescio, abbreviated to N.N., is used to signify an anonymous or non-specific person.
    ----
    * algo desconocido = virgin territory.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * desconocido, lo = unfamiliar, the, unknown, the.
    * Dimensión Desconocida = The Twilight Zone.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = talk in + tongues.
    * líquido desconocido = foreign substance.
    * miedo a lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * miedo hacia lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * producto desconocido = foreign substance.
    * salto hacia lo desconocido = leap into + the unknown.
    * ser desconocido para = be alien to.
    * ser un desconocido = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * sustancia desconocida = foreign substance.
    * terreno desconocido = unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * territorio desconocido = unfamiliar territory, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    a) <hecho/método/sensación> unknown
    b) <artista/atleta> unknown
    c) < persona> ( extraño)
    d) (fam) ( irreconocible)

    ahora hasta plancha, está desconocido — he's like a different man, he even does the ironing

    II
    - da masculino, femenino
    a) ( no conocido) stranger
    * * *
    = stranger, unfamiliar, unheard of, unidentified, unknown, unrecognised [unrecognized, -USA], outsider, uncharted, unchartered, unheard, unnoticed, unnoted, nomen nescio [N.N.].

    Ex: Many Americans viewed this influx of strangers with alarm.

    Ex: We are used to background noise in air conditioned buildings but the introduction of additional and unfamiliar sounds from AV equipment may be disturbing.
    Ex: Hypermedia offers unheard of opportunities to gain insight into the way young people perceive, process and use information.
    Ex: Names of speakers from the audience which were not clear from the tapes are listed as ' unidentified'.
    Ex: Works with unknown or uncertain personal authorship, or works emanating from a body that lacks a name are to be entered under title.
    Ex: It is undeniable that the ripest crop of unrecognised great inventors, long-lost heirs to dormant peerages, and assorted harmless drudges is to be gathered in the great general libraries of our major cities.
    Ex: The library director does not want to take the chance that by allowing the trustees to get active he might lose partial control of the library operation to an 'outsider'.
    Ex: News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.
    Ex: This author agrees that the facts listed above are unchartered.
    Ex: As professionals are informed about the often unspoken and unheard stories relating to hearing loss, they can then serve with greater knowledge, empathy, and hope.
    Ex: By retrieving and bringing together these two literatures, that implicit unstated, and perhaps unnoticed hypothesis becomes apparent.
    Ex: This approach draws attention to hitherto unnoted relationships among concepts.
    Ex: Nomen nescio, abbreviated to N.N., is used to signify an anonymous or non-specific person.
    * algo desconocido = virgin territory.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * desconocido, lo = unfamiliar, the, unknown, the.
    * Dimensión Desconocida = The Twilight Zone.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = talk in + tongues.
    * líquido desconocido = foreign substance.
    * miedo a lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * miedo hacia lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * producto desconocido = foreign substance.
    * salto hacia lo desconocido = leap into + the unknown.
    * ser desconocido para = be alien to.
    * ser un desconocido = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * sustancia desconocida = foreign substance.
    * terreno desconocido = unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * territorio desconocido = unfamiliar territory, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.

    * * *
    1 ‹razón/hecho› unknown; ‹métodos/sensación› unknown
    por razones desconocidas vendió todo y se fue for some unknown reason he sold up and left
    partió con destino desconocido she set off for an unknown destination
    su rostro no me era del todo desconocido his face wasn't wholly unfamiliar to me
    una sensación de terror hasta entonces desconocida a feeling of terror the like of which I/he had never experienced before
    técnicas hasta ahora desconocidas hitherto unknown techniques
    su obra es prácticamente desconocida en Europa her work is practically unknown in Europe
    de origen desconocido of unknown origin
    lo desconocido siempre lo ha intrigado he has always been fascinated by the unknown
    2 ‹artista/atleta› unknown
    3 ‹persona›
    (extraño): una persona desconocida a stranger
    4 ( fam)
    (irreconocible): con ese peinado nuevo está desconocida she's unrecognizable o totally changed with her new hairstyle
    ahora hasta plancha, está desconocido he's like a different man o he's a changed person, he even does the ironing
    masculine, feminine
    1 (no conocido) stranger
    no hables con desconocidos don't talk to strangers
    2
    (no identificado): fue atacado por unos desconocidos he was attacked by unknown assailants
    un desconocido le asestó una puñalada he was stabbed by an unidentified person o by someone whose identity has not been established
    * * *

     

    Del verbo desconocer: ( conjugate desconocer)

    desconocido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    desconocer    
    desconocido
    desconocer ( conjugate desconocer) verbo transitivo
    a) ( no conocer):


    desconocía este hecho I was unaware of this fact


    desconocido
    ◊ -da adjetivo ( en general) unknown;

    un cantante desconocido an unknown singer;
    una persona desconocida a stranger
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( no conocido) stranger
    desconocer verbo transitivo
    1 (no saber) not to know, to be unaware of
    2 (no reconocer, encontrar muy cambiado) to fail to recognize: ¿tú maquillada?, te desconozco, you with make up?, I can hardly recognize you
    desconocido,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 unknown
    una voz desconocida, an unfamiliar voice
    2 (irreconocible) unrecognizable: estás desconocida, you have changed a lot
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino stranger
    III sustantivo masculino lo desconocido, the unknown

    ' desconocido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    anónima
    - anónimo
    - desconocida
    - incierta
    - incierto
    - inédita
    - inédito
    - paradero
    - extraño
    - miedo
    - perfecto
    English:
    mate
    - obscure
    - strange
    - stranger
    - undiscovered
    - unfamiliar
    - unknown
    - blind
    - outsider
    - perfect
    * * *
    desconocido, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [no conocido] unknown;
    su cine es del todo desconocido en Europa his movies are totally unknown in Europe;
    elementos químicos entonces desconocidos chemical elements then unknown;
    una enfermedad hasta ahora desconocida a hitherto unknown illness;
    por causas todavía desconocidas for reasons as yet unknown o which are still unknown;
    nació en 1821, de padre desconocido he was born in 1821, and it is not known who his father was;
    el mundo de lo desconocido the world of the unknown;
    2. [extraño]
    no dé su teléfono o dirección a personas desconocidas don't give your telephone number or address to strangers
    3. [sin fama] unknown;
    escritores jóvenes, casi desconocidos young, almost unknown, writers
    4. [muy cambiado]
    estar desconocido to have changed beyond all recognition;
    ¿ya no fumas ni bebes? ¡chico, estás desconocido! you don't smoke or drink any more? well, well, you're a changed man!;
    el viejo bar estaba desconocido the old bar was unrecognizable;
    así, sin gafas, estás desconocido like that, with no glasses, you're unrecognizable
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [extraño] stranger;
    hablar con un desconocido to talk to a stranger;
    no le abras la puerta a desconocidos don't open the door to strangers
    2. [persona sin fama] unknown;
    le dieron el premio a un (perfecto) desconocido they gave the prize to a complete unknown
    3. [persona sin identificar] unidentified person;
    un desconocido le disparó un tiro en la cabeza he was shot in the head by an unknown assailant;
    tres desconocidos prendieron fuego a varias tiendas several shops were set on fire by three unidentified persons
    * * *
    I adj unknown
    II m, desconocida f stranger
    * * *
    desconocido, -da adj
    : unknown, unfamiliar
    desconocido, -da n
    extraño: stranger
    * * *
    1. (no conocido) unknown
    2. (extraño) strange / unfamiliar
    desconocido2 n stranger

    Spanish-English dictionary > desconocido

  • 44 débil

    adj.
    1 weak, dim, faint, feeble.
    Toda esa situación pinta mal This whole situation looks bad.
    2 atonic.
    * * *
    1 (persona) weak, feeble
    2 (ruido) faint; (luz) dim, feeble
    1 weak person
    1 the weak
    \
    débil mental mentally retarded person, mentally deficient person
    * * *
    adj.
    1) weak
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [persona] [gen] weak; [extremadamente] feeble; [por mala salud o avanzada edad] frail

    se encuentra un poco débil de salud — his health is rather frail, he is in rather poor health

    2) [carácter] weak; [esfuerzo] feeble, half-hearted
    3) (=poco intenso) [voz, ruido] faint; [luz] dim
    2.
    SMF
    económicamente
    * * *
    a) < persona> ( físicamente) weak; ( falto de - firmeza) soft; (- voluntad) weak; <economía/ejército/gobierno> weak
    b) <sonido/voz> faint; < moneda> weak; < argumento> weak; < excusa> feeble, lame; < luz> dim, faint
    c) <sílaba/vocal> unstressed, weak
    * * *
    = powerless, flimsy [flimsier -comp., flimsiest -sup.], shaky [shakier -comp., shakiest -sup.], weak [weaker -comp., weakest -sup.], fragile, spineless, feeble, effete, faint, frail, feckless, thin [thinner -comp., thinnest -sup.], weakling, runt, nesh, weedy [weedier -comp., weediest -sup.], boneless.
    Ex. In a world divided by ideology, by trade barriers, by military threats and nuclear fears, we librarians are not powerless.
    Ex. Many paperbacks actually stand up to this usage better than the flimsy hardback covers now being produced.
    Ex. The subdivision 'Discovery and Exploration' under geographic names reinforces the popularly held notion that the world outside Western Europe had no history -- and only a shaky hold on existence -- before it was 'discovered' by Western Europeans.
    Ex. Problems arise from weak or outmoded structuring of subjects in the schedules of DC.
    Ex. The material which carries the message is fragile.
    Ex. To call a supervisor ' spineless' is to tag him as weak and therefore unfair to his really good employees.
    Ex. Mearns warns us, 'Recollection is treacherous; it is usually too broad or too narrow for another's use; and what is more serious, it is frequently undependable and worn and feeble'.
    Ex. Some teachers argue against book clubs, claiming that they bring together only a certain kind of avid reader, the literary equivalent of the religiously effete and over-pious.
    Ex. As more and more copies are produced, so the amount of dye on the master is reduced layer by layer until the image on the copy paper becomes quite faint.
    Ex. Previous research has demonstrated that frail elderly living in subsidized high-rise apartments have greater unmet needs than elderly who reside in traditional community housing.
    Ex. The author wrings sick humor from its feckless heroes' forlorn attempts to escape from a drug habit that they do not really enjoy any longer.
    Ex. Although it may be a bit thin in its use of standard academic sources of information, it is exceedingly strong on insider information and personal interviews.
    Ex. According to Safire, when a slice a cake was put before him Putin said 'Sweets are for weaklings and children'.
    Ex. Under the same regimens of treatment the number of runts produced varied from none to as much as 80 per cent of the litter.
    Ex. Usually, half of us would sleep on the ground outside and the other half would go for the nesh option of sleeping in a tent or hut.
    Ex. Shock as boofy blokes beat weedy intellectual in popularity contest.
    Ex. By running away he shows who he is -- a boneless coward who never engaged in direct confrontation with the enemy.
    ----
    * alto y débil = spindly [spindlier -comp., spindliest -sup.].
    * débil de salud = poor health.
    * débiles, los = little guy, the.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * eslabón débil = weak link.
    * hacerse el débil = sandbagging.
    * luz débil = glimmer.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * punto débil = blind spot, weak link.
    * punto débil, el = chink in the armour, the.
    * ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * * *
    a) < persona> ( físicamente) weak; ( falto de - firmeza) soft; (- voluntad) weak; <economía/ejército/gobierno> weak
    b) <sonido/voz> faint; < moneda> weak; < argumento> weak; < excusa> feeble, lame; < luz> dim, faint
    c) <sílaba/vocal> unstressed, weak
    * * *
    = powerless, flimsy [flimsier -comp., flimsiest -sup.], shaky [shakier -comp., shakiest -sup.], weak [weaker -comp., weakest -sup.], fragile, spineless, feeble, effete, faint, frail, feckless, thin [thinner -comp., thinnest -sup.], weakling, runt, nesh, weedy [weedier -comp., weediest -sup.], boneless.

    Ex: In a world divided by ideology, by trade barriers, by military threats and nuclear fears, we librarians are not powerless.

    Ex: Many paperbacks actually stand up to this usage better than the flimsy hardback covers now being produced.
    Ex: The subdivision 'Discovery and Exploration' under geographic names reinforces the popularly held notion that the world outside Western Europe had no history -- and only a shaky hold on existence -- before it was 'discovered' by Western Europeans.
    Ex: Problems arise from weak or outmoded structuring of subjects in the schedules of DC.
    Ex: The material which carries the message is fragile.
    Ex: To call a supervisor ' spineless' is to tag him as weak and therefore unfair to his really good employees.
    Ex: Mearns warns us, 'Recollection is treacherous; it is usually too broad or too narrow for another's use; and what is more serious, it is frequently undependable and worn and feeble'.
    Ex: Some teachers argue against book clubs, claiming that they bring together only a certain kind of avid reader, the literary equivalent of the religiously effete and over-pious.
    Ex: As more and more copies are produced, so the amount of dye on the master is reduced layer by layer until the image on the copy paper becomes quite faint.
    Ex: Previous research has demonstrated that frail elderly living in subsidized high-rise apartments have greater unmet needs than elderly who reside in traditional community housing.
    Ex: The author wrings sick humor from its feckless heroes' forlorn attempts to escape from a drug habit that they do not really enjoy any longer.
    Ex: Although it may be a bit thin in its use of standard academic sources of information, it is exceedingly strong on insider information and personal interviews.
    Ex: According to Safire, when a slice a cake was put before him Putin said 'Sweets are for weaklings and children'.
    Ex: Under the same regimens of treatment the number of runts produced varied from none to as much as 80 per cent of the litter.
    Ex: Usually, half of us would sleep on the ground outside and the other half would go for the nesh option of sleeping in a tent or hut.
    Ex: Shock as boofy blokes beat weedy intellectual in popularity contest.
    Ex: By running away he shows who he is -- a boneless coward who never engaged in direct confrontation with the enemy.
    * alto y débil = spindly [spindlier -comp., spindliest -sup.].
    * débil de salud = poor health.
    * débiles, los = little guy, the.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * eslabón débil = weak link.
    * hacerse el débil = sandbagging.
    * luz débil = glimmer.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * punto débil = blind spot, weak link.
    * punto débil, el = chink in the armour, the.
    * ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

    * * *
    1 ‹persona› (físicamente) weak; (falto de — firmeza) soft; (— voluntad) weak; ‹economía/ejército/gobierno› weak
    es de complexión débil she has a very weak constitution
    aún está débil he's still weak
    es muy débil de carácter he has a very weak character
    2 ‹sonido/voz› faint; ‹moneda› weak; ‹corriente› weak; ‹argumento› weak; ‹excusa› feeble, lame
    da una luz muy débil it gives out a very dim o feeble o weak light
    3 ( Ling) ‹sílaba/vocal› unstressed, weak
    los débiles the weak
    es un débil mental ( fam); he's soft in the head ( colloq)
    eres un debilucho ( fam); you're a wimp ( colloq)
    los económicamente débiles ( frml); those on low incomes
    * * *

     

    débil adjetivo
    a) ‹persona/economía/gobierno› weak

    b) ‹sonido/voz› faint;

    ‹moneda/argumento› weak;
    ‹ excusa› feeble, lame;
    ‹ luz› dim, faint;
    ‹sílaba/vocal› unstressed, weak
    débil
    I adj (fuerza, salud) weak, feeble: el argumento era muy débil, his reasoning was flawed
    es muy débil de carácter, she is very weak
    es muy débil con sus alumnos, he is lenient with his students o he is over-indulgent with his students
    (intensidad de luz o sonido) faint
    punto débil, weak spot
    II mf
    1 weak person: el fuerte oprime al débil, the powerful opress the weak
    2 (blandengue) wimp: eres una débil, no aguantas nada el calor, don't be such a wimp, it's not even hot
    ' débil' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - alicaída
    - alicaído
    - flaca
    - flaco
    - flojear
    - goteo
    - talón
    - tenue
    - blando
    - flojo
    - lánguido
    - pelele
    - sexo
    English:
    A
    - an
    - anaemic
    - and
    - as
    - be
    - chink
    - dim
    - do
    - failing
    - faint
    - feather
    - feeble
    - frail
    - from
    - infirm
    - limp
    - link
    - shaky
    - shall
    - should
    - tenuous
    - than
    - that
    - them
    - thin
    - to
    - weak
    - were
    - what
    - whatever
    - wimp
    - wimpish
    - would
    - you
    - your
    - yourself
    - fragile
    - glimmer
    - hole
    - low
    - muted
    - run
    - spindly
    - spineless
    - weakly
    - weakness
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [persona] [sin fuerzas] weak;
    [condescendiente] lax, lenient;
    de constitución débil prone to illness, sickly;
    débil de carácter of weak character
    2. [voz, sonido] faint;
    [luz] dim, faint;
    una débil mejoría a slight improvement;
    una débil brisa movía las cortinas a slight breeze moved the curtains
    3. [país, gobierno, moneda] weak;
    [argumento, teoría] weak, lame
    4. [sílaba] unstressed
    5. [vocal] weak [i, u]
    ♦ nmf
    weak person;
    ser un débil to be weak;
    una enfermedad que ataca a los más débiles a disease which attacks the weakest o most vulnerable
    * * *
    adj weak
    * * *
    débil adj
    : weak, feeble
    ♦ débilmente adv
    * * *
    débil adj
    1. (en general) weak
    2. (ruido) faint
    3. (luz) dim [comp. dimmer; superl. dimmest]

    Spanish-English dictionary > débil

  • 45 retener

    v.
    1 to hold back.
    no me retuvo mucho tiempo he didn't keep me long
    retener el tráfico to hold up the traffic
    2 to hold back, to restrain (contener) (impulso, ira).
    3 to retain.
    Ellos retuvieron el dinero They retained the money.
    4 to remember.
    el fisco me retiene el 20 por ciento del sueldo 20 percent of my salary goes in tax
    6 to conceal, to black out, to blank out, to cover.
    Ellos retuvieron la verdad They concealed the truth.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ TENER], like link=tener tener
    1 (contener) to restrain, hold back
    2 (no dejar marchar) to keep, keep back
    3 (no devolver) to keep
    4 (en la memoria) to retain, remember
    5 (detener) to detain; (arrestar) to arrest
    6 FINANZAS to deduct, withhold
    7 (absorber) to retain, hold
    1 to restrain oneself, hold oneself back
    * * *
    verb
    1) to retain, keep
    3) hold
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=no dejar marchar) to keep; [la policía] to detain, hold

    retuvieron a los inmigrantes en la aduana — they held o detained the immigrants at customs

    retener a algn preso — to hold o keep sb prisoner

    2) (=conservar) [+ datos, información] to withhold; [+ pasaporte] to retain
    3) (=memorizar) to retain
    4) (Econ) [+ dinero] to deduct
    5) [+ calor] to retain; [+ líquido] to hold
    6) frm [+ atención, interés] to retain
    7) frm [+ deseo, pasión] to restrain; [+ aliento] to hold
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <datos/información> to keep back, withhold
    b) <pasaporte/tarjeta> to retain
    c) (Fin, Fisco) <dinero/cuota> to deduct, withhold
    2)
    a) policía < persona> to detain, hold
    3) <calor/carga/líquidos> to retain
    4) <atención/interés> to keep, retain
    5) ( recordar) to retain, keep... in one's head
    2.
    retenerse v pron to restrain oneself
    * * *
    = hold up, retain, withhold, hold + Nombre + back, dam (up), hold + prisoner.
    Ex. Unfortunately, goods of Community origin can also be held up by the surveillance system, often for several weeks.
    Ex. At an earlier stage, the Library of Congress had decided to retain certain pre-AACR headings, in order to avoid the expense of extensive recataloguing.
    Ex. It was agreed to withhold supplies from booksellers who offered new books at a discount greater than the 10 per cent usually allowed for cash.
    Ex. Despite the improvements in the 17th edition, the scheme has been held back for years by the old policy of 'integrity of numbers' referred to above, the effects of which are not likely to be quickly mitigated.
    Ex. But to prevent any meandering at all, or to dam the flow of talk too soon and too often by intruding, generally only frustrates spontaneity = Aunque evitar cualquier divagación o cortar el flujo de la conversación demasiado pronto y con demasiada frecuencia con interrupciones generalmente sólo coarta la espontaneidad.
    Ex. Tom Sutherland, a professor at the American University of Beirut, was kidnapped in 1985 and held prisoner for six and a half years, for much of the time shackled to his prisoner Terry Anderson.
    ----
    * que retiene el calor = heat absorbing.
    * retener la atención de Alguien = retain + attention.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <datos/información> to keep back, withhold
    b) <pasaporte/tarjeta> to retain
    c) (Fin, Fisco) <dinero/cuota> to deduct, withhold
    2)
    a) policía < persona> to detain, hold
    3) <calor/carga/líquidos> to retain
    4) <atención/interés> to keep, retain
    5) ( recordar) to retain, keep... in one's head
    2.
    retenerse v pron to restrain oneself
    * * *
    = hold up, retain, withhold, hold + Nombre + back, dam (up), hold + prisoner.

    Ex: Unfortunately, goods of Community origin can also be held up by the surveillance system, often for several weeks.

    Ex: At an earlier stage, the Library of Congress had decided to retain certain pre-AACR headings, in order to avoid the expense of extensive recataloguing.
    Ex: It was agreed to withhold supplies from booksellers who offered new books at a discount greater than the 10 per cent usually allowed for cash.
    Ex: Despite the improvements in the 17th edition, the scheme has been held back for years by the old policy of 'integrity of numbers' referred to above, the effects of which are not likely to be quickly mitigated.
    Ex: But to prevent any meandering at all, or to dam the flow of talk too soon and too often by intruding, generally only frustrates spontaneity = Aunque evitar cualquier divagación o cortar el flujo de la conversación demasiado pronto y con demasiada frecuencia con interrupciones generalmente sólo coarta la espontaneidad.
    Ex: Tom Sutherland, a professor at the American University of Beirut, was kidnapped in 1985 and held prisoner for six and a half years, for much of the time shackled to his prisoner Terry Anderson.
    * que retiene el calor = heat absorbing.
    * retener la atención de Alguien = retain + attention.

    * * *
    vt
    A
    1 ‹datos/información› to keep back, withhold
    2 ‹pasaporte/tarjeta› to retain
    3 ( Fin, Fisco) ‹dinero/cuota› to deduct, withhold
    B
    1 «policía» ‹persona› to detain, hold
    2
    (hacer permanecer): no te retendré demasiado tiempo I won't keep you long
    el maestro nos retuvo the teacher kept us in o kept us back after class
    tres reclusos retuvieron a un funcionario three prisoners held a prison guard hostage
    ya nada me retiene aquí there's nothing to keep me here now
    no sabe cómo retener a su marido she doesn't know what to do to hold on to o to keep her husband
    C
    1 ‹calor/carga› to retain
    2 ( Med) ‹orina/líquidos› to retain
    D ‹atención/interés› to keep, retain
    E (recordar) ‹lección/texto/ideas› to retain, keep … in one's head
    to restrain oneself
    * * *

     

    retener ( conjugate retener) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹datos/información› to keep back, withhold

    b) ‹pasaporte/tarjeta› to retain

    c) (Fin, Fisco) ‹dinero/cuota› to deduct, withhold

    2



    3 ‹calor/carga/líquidos› to retain
    4 ‹atención/interés› to keep, retain
    5 ( recordar) to retain, keep … in one's head
    retener verbo transitivo
    1 (para sí) to keep: querría retenerte junto a mí, I would like to keep you near me
    2 (en sí) to retain: las esponjas retienen agua, sponges retain water
    3 (en un lugar) to keep: debo ir, no intentes retenerme, I need to leave, don't try to hold me back
    (en una comisaría) to detain, keep in custody
    4 (en la memoria) to remember: no puedo retener todos los nombres, I can't remember all the names
    5 (un sentimiento, impulso, etc) to restrain, hold back: no sabe retener sus emociones, she can't control her emotions
    6 (el curso normal de algo) to stop, hold back: la presa retiene el agua del río, the dam holds back the river
    7 (un sueldo, capital) to deduct, withhold: le retienen el 40% de los ingresos, they withhold 40% of his earnings
    ' retener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    sujetar
    - entretener
    English:
    detain
    - hang up
    - hold
    - hold back
    - keep back
    - keep down
    - retain
    - stay down
    - withhold
    - keep
    * * *
    1. [detener] to hold back;
    [en comisaría] to detain;
    no me retuvo mucho tiempo he didn't keep me long;
    retener el tráfico to hold up the traffic
    2. [contener] [impulso, ira] to hold back, to restrain;
    [aliento] to hold
    3. [conservar] to retain;
    las hojas retienen la humedad leaves retain moisture
    4. [quedarse con] to hold on to, to keep
    5. [memorizar] to remember
    6. [deducir del sueldo] to deduct;
    el fisco me retiene el 20 por ciento del sueldo 20 percent of my salary goes in o for tax
    7. [apoderarse de] [sueldo] to withhold
    * * *
    v/t
    1 dinero etc withhold, deduct
    2 persona detain, hold
    * * *
    retener {80} vt
    1) : to retain, to keep
    2) : to withhold
    3) : to detain
    * * *
    1. (guardar) to keep [pt. & pp. kept]
    2. (conservar) to retain
    3. (memorizar) to remember

    Spanish-English dictionary > retener

  • 46 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 47 ÞEIR

    (þær, þau), dem. pron. pl. they, those, answering to the sing. ‘sá, sú, þat’, and ‘hann, hón, þat’;
    1) the neut. pl. ‘þau’ as collective for a masc. and fem.; síðan gengu þau (sc. Njáll and Bergthora) inn bæði;
    2) ‘þeir’ is frequently used before an adv., or a prep. with its complement; þeir norðr þar, those there in the north; þeir fyrir austan árnar, those east of the rivers;
    3) pleonast. before the names of two or more persons; þau Ásgerðr ok Þorsteinn, Asgerd and Thorstein; börn þeira Hildigunnar ok Kára váru þeir Starkaðr ok Flosi, the children of H. and K. were these, S. and F.; þeir feðgar, father and son;
    4) ellipt., before the name of a single person; þeir Oddr, O. and his men; frá skiptum þeira Þórðar, about the dealings of Thord and Björn; þau Asgerðr, Asgerd and her son (Thorstein).
    * * *
    þær, þau. This is the plur. of the personal pron., answering to sing. hann, hón, þat; gen. þeira and mod. þeirra; dat. þeim; acc. þá, þær, þau; in mod. speech þau is sounded þaug, which form occurs as early as Run. Gramm. of 1651, and often rhymes in mod. poets with words ending in g, e. g. flaug, þaug, Bb. 2. 17: [the A. S. uses the forms hi, hira, him, hi, and so in early South. E., whereas the North. E. has thay, thair, thaim; South. E. and Chaucer hii, here, hem, Morris’ Specimens, p. xv; Dan. de, deres, early Dan. deræ, dat. dem.]
    A. They, them, theirs (see Gramm. p. xxi); töluðu þeir mart, ríða þeir heim af þingi; þeir kómu í Fljótshlíð, Gunnarr tók vel við þeim; Njáll mælti til þeirra …, slíkar fortölur hafði hann fyrir þeim, … þeir spurðu þær tíðenda, báðu þær eigi leyna, þær sögðu svá vera skyldu; at þeim muni ílla sækjask at vinna oss, … vér getum þá eigi með vápnum sótta, and so in endless instances.
    2. a peculiarity of the Icel. is the constant use of the neut. plur. ‘þau’ as collective for a masc. and fem.; síðan gengu þau inn bæði (i. e. Njall and Bergthora), at hann skyldi breiða yfir þau húðina; börn þeirra Þjálfa ok Rösku, ok görðusk þau … þá er þau höfðu gengit litla hríð, Edda 28; Ask ok Emblu … önd þau né áttu óð þau né höfðu, Vsp.; and so also of things, e. g. þau páll og reka; þau hönd og fótr, and so on.
    B. Special usages; this pronoun is used collectively before the names of two or more persons, the neuter being used when the persons are of different sexes:
    1. where more than one are expressly named; þau Ásgerðr ok Þorsteinn, they, Asgerd and Thorstein, Eg. 702; þeir Starkaðr ok Þórðr, ok Flosi, Nj. 282; börn þeirra Hildigunnar ok Kára, the children of H. and K., id.; synir þeirra Starkaðar ok Hallberu vóru þeir Þorgeirr ok Börkr ok Þorkell, 89; synir hans vóru þeir Kolr ok Óttarr ok Haukr, id.; bræðr Hallgerðar vóru þeir Þorleikr, faðir Bolla, ok Ólafr faðir Kjartans, ok Bárðr, they, Thorleik, Olave, and Bard, 2; faðir þeirra Þorkels föður Brands, ok Þorgils föður míns, Jb. 20 (restored by Maurer; the emendation in the Editions is an error; the passage is parallel to that given above from Nj.); Þórr ok þeir lagsmenn, Thor and they—his followers, Edda 28.
    2. ellipt., as it seems, where the one part is understood, and not named; in this case the neut. þau is used whenever the name understood is different in gender; þeim Oddi, to Odd and his men, Fms. vi. 379; þeir Vagn, W. and his men; þeir Pálnatóki, P. and his men, xi. 95; þeir Þóroddr, … þeim Þóroddi, Hkr. ii. 251; frá skiptum þeirra Þórðar, the dealings of Thord ( and Björn), Fms. iv. 110; þeir feðgar, they, father and son, Nj. 8; þau Ásgerðr, Asgerd and her son, Eg. 702; vinátta var með þeim frændum þeirra, i. e. between him and their kinsmen, Grett. 132; þeirra bræðra, Fms. xi. 160; þeir í Orkneyjum, Nj. 270; af þeim ( those) fyrir austan árnar, 210.—This use of the pronoun þeir, þær, þau is peculiar to the old Scandin. and Icel. tongue, and is not found in any other Teut. language. We take it to be a remnant from an ancient time when the article was still used detached and not suffixed, being, as in Homeric Greek, used half as a demonstrative pronoun; thus Iliad viii. 457, αϊδ Ἀθηναίη τε και Ἤρη, sounds quite Icel., þær Aþena og Hera; Icel. extend it also to the other cases, þeirra (gen.) Aþenu og Heru, þeim Aþenu og Heru; cp. also II. xiii. 496, 526; the usage of the neut., as above, seems peculiar to Icel. It is therefore an error to explain ‘þeir Þóroddr,’ etc., as if a copula ‘ok’ had been dropped between the pronoun and the pr. name, þeir ‘ok’ Þóroddr; it is in fact an elliptical abbreviated version of the usage in B. 1: similar is the use of hann and hón for the sing. (see hann B. II. p. 239, col. 1), and of Gr. ὁ as in Od. xxi. 181.
    C. For this pronoun as demonstrative, see þat, p. 731.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞEIR

  • 48 главным образом

    нареч.
    Русское главным образом может относиться к разного рода ситуациям, независимо от степени важности, первоочередности, предпочтительности выделяемого действия, события, предмета и т. п. В отличие от русского, его английские соответствия различают все эти аспекты ситуаций.
    1. mainly — главным образом, в основном, большей частью (подчеркивает и выделяет наиболее важное лицо, событие, причину): History lessons in his youth, he said, had been mainly a question of reciting dates and the names of kings. — Он говорил, что в его время уроки истории состояли в основном из заучивания дат и имен королей. It is good mainly because it means I can get what 1 want. — Это все хорошо главным образом потому, что я могу получить то, что мне надо. Her illness is caused mainly by worry and stress. — Ее болезнь вызвана большей частью беспокойством и стрессовой ситуацией.
    2. chiefly — большей частью, в основном, главным образом (выделяет основную часть, главную причину, указывает на наличие и других важных составляющих ситуации): His work consists chiefly of interviewing people in the street. — Его работа состоит по большей части в интервьюировании людей на улице/ Его работа состоит в основном в том, что он берет интервью у людей на улице. I lived abroad for years, chiefly in Italy. — Я годами жил за границей, главным образом в Италии. How quickly you recover from the operation chiefly depends on your general state of health. — Как быстро вы поправитесь после операции, зависит главным образом от общего состояния вашего здоровья.
    3. largely — главным образом, особенно, по большей части (выделяет особый характер утверждения, особенную причину, указывает на справедливость утверждения): His success is largely due to his hard work. — Своим успехом он обязан в основном своему упорному труду./Своим успехом он обязан по большей части своему упорному труду./Своим успехом он обязан главным образом своему упорному труду. This part of the country is largely a desert. — Эта часть страны по большей части пустыня. Most of the obstacles to women's equality have been largely removed. — Большая часть препятствий на пути женского равноправия уже снята/ Основная часть препятствий на пути женского равноправия устранена. They have stayed together largely because of the children. — Они не развелись в основном из-за детей.
    4. primarily — главным образом, в первую очередь, в основном ( подчеркивает важность и первоочередность чего-либо): Foreign aid is intended primarily for children victims of the earthquake. — Иностранная помощь предназначается в первую очередь детям, пострадавшим от землетрясения./Иностранная помощь предназначается главным образом для детей пострадавших от землетрясения.
    5. principally — главным образом, особенно, в основном (выделяет одну причину или ситуацию из ряда других, как наиболее важную): Men can usually run faster than women primarily because they have greater muscular strength. — Мужчины часто бегают быстрее женщин главным образом потому, что обладают большей мускульной силой./Мужчины часто бегают быстрее женщин в основном потому, что сильнее физически. Most linguists would say they were concerned primarily with the structure of languages. — Большинство лингвистов могло бы сказать, что они занимаются главным образом структурой языков./Большинство лингвистов могло бы сказать, что они в основном занимаются структурой языков. Although research is important, the university exists primarily for the students. — Хотя исследования и важны, университет существует в основном ради студентов./Хотя исследовательская работа и важна, университет существует главным образом ради студентов. The issue was not primarily a political one but essentially moral. — Этот вопрос носил в основном моральный, а не политический характер./Этот вопрос был главным образом моральный, а не политический./Этот вопрос был по сути моральный, а не политический.
    6. essentially — главным образом, в сущности, по сути (указывает на и выделяет самые важные, сущностные, существенные аспекты ситуации, определяемого действия, события, объекта; может стоять в начале предложения и относиться ко всему предложению, в таких случаях оно отделяется запятой): Eisenhower was essentially moderate in politics. — Эйзенхауэр по сути был умеренным в политике. Essentially, the plan is worthwhile, but some changes will have to be made. — По сути своей план хорош, но некоторые изменения все же надо внести./ В основном план хорош, но некоторые изменения все же надо внести./В основе своей план хорош, но некоторые изменения все же надо внести.
    7. mostly — главным образом, в основном, в большинстве случаев (определяет наиболее частые, типичные аспекты ситуации): I mostly worked as a researcher, writer and a teacher. — Я работал в основном как научный работник, писатель и учитель. More immigrants arrived, mostly Europeans. — Среди прибывших иммигрантов в основном европейцы./Среди прибывших иммигрантов больше европейцев./Среди прибывших иммигрантов главным образом европейцы.
    8. above all — главным образом, более всего, кроме всего прочего, помимо всего прочего (выделяет одну причину, обстоятельство или объект, как наиболее важные среди остальных): We must, above all, pay attention to the problem of homeless. — Самой важной проблемой, на которую мы должны обратить внимание, является проблема бездомных. Above all, the government did not want a high rate of inflation. — Более всего правительство пыталось избежать быстрого роста/высокой степени инфляции.
    9. first and foremost — гнуть, гнуться, сгибаться, сгибать, изгибаться, наклонять, наклоняться (глагол to bend дает общее название действия, без уточнения того, как оно произведено; направление сгибания передается сочетаниями с наречиями и предлогами): to bend smth — согнуть/гнугь что-либо; to bend the wire into a ring — согнуть проволоку в кольцо; to bend down — нагнуться; to bend over smb. smth — склониться над кем-либо, чем-либо; to bend one's head — наклонить голову I can't bend easily. — Мне трудно наклоняться. Can you bend down and touch your toes without bending your knees. — Ты можешь нагнуться и дотронуться до пальцев ног, не сгибая колен? The road bends to the right. — Дорога поворачивает направо. His back bent with years. — Он ссутулился/сгорбился с годами. Can you bend the wire under the board? — Ты можешь загнуть проволоку за доску? Не bend under the burden. — Он согнулся под тяжестью ноши.
    2. to fold — складывать, сгибать (под углом), загибать, складываться: to fold (down) the corner of a page — загнуть угол страницы; to fold one's arms on/upon the chest — сложить руки на груди; to fold a letter (a shirt, a newspaper) — сложить письмо (рубашку, газету); to fold clothes — складывать одежду The bed folds away conveniently for storage. — Кровать удобно складывается для хранения.
    3. to twist — сгибать, сгибаться ( поворачиваясь), скручивать, крутить, выкручивать, извиваться, виться ( змейкой): to twist one's ankle — подвернуть ногу; to twist a thread (rope) — скрутить нитку (веревку); to twist one's handkerchief— крутить носовой платок/скручивать носовой платок; to twist smb's arm — выкручивать кому-либо руку; to twist linen — выжимать белье/выкручивать белье; to twist a piece of wire into a loop — согнуть кусок проволоки в петлю Smb's belt has twisted. — Ремень перекрутился. She twisted her handkerchief nervously. — Она нервно скручивала платочек. The pig's tail was twisted into a corkscrew. — Хвостик свиньи был закручен штопором. The road twists a good deal. — Дорога сильно петляет.
    4. to stoop — пригибаться, пригнуться, сутулиться, нагнуться, горбиться (особенно для того, чтобы что-либо поднять или сделать что-либо, чему мешает большой рост): to stoop to pick up a handkerchief — нагнуться, чтобы поднять платок Не had to stoop to get into the саг. — Ему пришлось пригнуться, чтобы сесть в машину. Don't stoop, sit straight. — He горбись, сиди прямо. She stooped and patted the little dog. — Она наклонилась и потрепала собачку.
    5. to crouch — пригнуться, присесть ( на корточки), припасть К земле, присесть (описывает такое положение согнутого тела, которое позволяет спрятаться, или казаться меньше ростом, или быть готовым к прыжку): a tiger crouching for a spring — тигр, сжавшийся перед прыжком/тигр, припавший к земле перед прыжком There were six people crouching round the camp fire. — Вокруг костра на корточках сидели шесть человек. The old lady crouched before the fireplace. — Старушка присела у камина./Старушка присела у очага.
    6. to curl up — загибать, свернуться комочком, свернуться калачиком, согнуться, скручивать, скручиваться (сидя или лежа, прижав согнутые в локтях и коленях руки и ноги так, чтобы почувствовать тепло, уют, комфорт): to curl up the comers of a book — загибать уголки книги She curled up in the armchair. — Она свернулась калачиком в кресле. I was so tired all I wanted to do was to curl up in the armchair and watch TV. — Я так устал, что хотел только устроиться уютно в кресле и смотреть телевизор. The cat curled up on the carpet. — Кот свернулся клубочком на ковре. The frost made the leaves curl up. — Листья свернулись от мороза.
    7. to flex — сгибать, гнуть, сгибать и разгибать (взад и вперед, особенно в тех случаях, когда чувствуешь онемение какого-либо органа тела): to flex one's muscles — разминаться (перед работой) Не stood up flexed his powerful shoulders and pulled on his coat. — Он встал, распрямил свои могучие плечи и надел пиджак. The babies' natural position is with two arms bent in the elbows and their legs flexed. — Естественное положение младенца — согнутые ручки и ножки.
    8. to warp — гнуть, гнуться, коробиться, прогнуться, деформироваться, искривляться (в отличие от вышеприведенных глаголов, глагол to warp относится только к неодушевленным предметам, обозначает потерю формы под влиянием высокой температуры или нажима): Seasoned timber does not warp. — Выдержанное дерево не коробится. The door is warped and it won't close properly. — Дверь покоробилась и плохо закрывается. The sun warped the boards. — Солнце покоробило доски. As the planks dry they warp slightly. — Когда доски высыхают, они слегка коробятся. The covers of the book are warped. — Переплет покоробился.
    9. to bow/to make a bow — поклониться, нагнуться в поклоне, отвесить поклон, кланяться (поклон или сгибание тела до пояса или наклон головы вперед в знак благодарности, согласия или разрешения): to bow smb into the room — с поклоном ввести кого-либо в комнату: to bow one's thanks — поклониться в знак благодарности; to bow one's assent — кивнуть в знак согласия Не stood up, bowed and left the room, — Он встал, поклонился и вышел из комнаты. Не bowed to us as he passed. — Проходя мимо, он поклонился нам.

    Русско-английский объяснительный словарь > главным образом

  • 49 κατά

    κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).
    A. w. the gen.
    ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.
    ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).
    ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.
    ② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.
    ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.
    ⓑ in a hostile sense, against
    α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6
    β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).
    γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.
    B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])
    ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.
    ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.
    ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).
    ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.
    ② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)
    ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).
    ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).
    ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.
    ③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)
    ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.
    ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.
    ④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).
    ⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to
    ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.
    α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.
    β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.
    γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).
    δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.
    ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).
    α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general
    β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).
    ⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.
    ⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as
    ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.
    ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.
    ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

  • 50 intocable

    adj.
    1 above criticism.
    2 untouchable, impalpable, unplayable, sacrosanct.
    m.
    untouchable.
    * * *
    1 untouchable
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=sagrado) sacred, sacrosanct
    2) [tema] taboo
    2.
    SMF [en la India] untouchable
    * * *
    I
    a) ( sagrado) sacred, sacrosanct
    b) < tema> taboo
    c) < casta> untouchable
    II
    masculino y femenino (Sociol) untouchable
    * * *
    = harijan, untouchable.
    Ex. And similarly, for the LC heading 'UNTOUCHABLES' there is a perfectly acceptable Ghandi-endorsed name, harijans.
    Ex. Consider placing the following five or six names in the left-hand column, and then tell me what you feel: Eta, untouchables, Bushmen, Hottentots, Eskimos, and Lapps.
    * * *
    I
    a) ( sagrado) sacred, sacrosanct
    b) < tema> taboo
    c) < casta> untouchable
    II
    masculino y femenino (Sociol) untouchable
    * * *
    = harijan, untouchable.

    Ex: And similarly, for the LC heading 'UNTOUCHABLES' there is a perfectly acceptable Ghandi-endorsed name, harijans.

    Ex: Consider placing the following five or six names in the left-hand column, and then tell me what you feel: Eta, untouchables, Bushmen, Hottentots, Eskimos, and Lapps.

    * * *
    1 (sagrado) sacred, sacrosanct
    la figura del emperador era intocable the emperor was a sacred figure, the figure of the emperor was sacred o sacrosanct o untouchable
    2 ‹tema› taboo
    este tema en mi casa es intocable this subject is taboo o this is a taboo subject in my house
    3 ‹casta› untouchable
    ( Sociol) untouchable
    * * *

    intocable adjetivo

    b) ‹ tema› taboo

    c) ‹ casta› untouchable

    intocable sustantivo femenino untouchable
    ' intocable' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    sagrado
    English:
    untouchable
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [persona, institución] above criticism
    2. [tema] taboo
    ♦ nmf
    [en India] untouchable
    * * *
    adj
    1 ( sagrado) sacrosanct
    2 tema taboo
    * * *
    : untouchable

    Spanish-English dictionary > intocable

  • 51 πᾶς

    πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).
    ① pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, any
    ⓐ adj., used w. a noun without the art.
    α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).
    ⓑ adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.
    α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all
    א. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.
    ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.
    ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).
    ⓒ π. used w. pronouns
    α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.
    β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.
    γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.
    ⓓ subst.
    α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).
    β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.
    ② any entity out of a totality, any and every, every
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).
    ⓑ as subst. without the art.
    α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.
    β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.
    ③ marker of the highest degree of someth., all
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.
    ⓑ in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).
    ④ pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, whole
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).
    ⓑ w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.
    ⓒ πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).
    α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.
    β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.
    ⓓ as subst.
    α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.
    β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.
    ⑤ everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πᾶς

  • 52 अधस् _adhas _अधः _adhḥ

    अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.]
    1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते).
    -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (
    -क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle.
    -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymolo- gies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥
    -अधस् See above.
    -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse.
    -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre.
    -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ).
    -करणम् excelling, defeating, degrada- tion; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour.
    -खननम् undermining.
    -गतिः f.,
    गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards.
    -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell.
    -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse.
    -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा).
    -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्]
    1 thief.
    -2 one who goes downwards.
    -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee.
    -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ).
    -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚.
    -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction.
    -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (
    -ष्टिः) a downward look.
    -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place.
    -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above.
    -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber).
    -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon.
    -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्).
    -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr.
    -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल.
    -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill.
    -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37.
    -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards.
    -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (
    -खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (
    -खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (
    -खम्) (नक्षत्रम्)
    1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are: मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa.
    -2 N. of a hell.
    -यन्त्रम् a still.
    -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra.
    -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat);
    -लम्बः 1 a plummet.
    -2 a per- pendicular.
    -3 the lower world.
    -वर्चस् a. strong 3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards.
    -वशः Pudendum Muliebre.
    -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency.
    -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive.
    -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (
    -य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18.
    -शिरस् a.
    -मुख (n.) N. of a hell.
    -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below,
    -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अधस् _adhas _अधः _adhḥ

  • 53 DREPA

    * * *
    (drep; drap, drápum; drepinn), v.
    I. with acc. or absol.;
    1) to stike, beat, knock;
    drepa e-n vendi, to strike one with a rod;
    hann tók hörpu sína ok drap strengi (struck the strings) til sláttar; drepa járn, to hammer iron;
    drepa or drepa högg á dyrr, to knock at the door;
    drepa botn úr keraldi, to knock the bottom out of a tub;
    at eigi drepir þú mik í dúp, that you knock me not into the deep;
    drepa í hel, í dauða, til heljar, to smite to death;
    2) to kill, slay (skulu vér nú fara at honum ok drepa hann);
    3) in a game of chess, to take a piece (þá drap jarl af honum riddara);
    drepa eld, to strike, fire (= drepa upp eld);
    drepa slóð, to make a trail (drápu kyrtlarnir döggslóðina);
    5) with prep., drepa af, to kill, slaughter (cattle);
    drepa niðr, to kill off (þótt hirðmenn þínir sé drepnir niðr sem svn);
    drepa sik ór dróma, to get rid of (throw off) a fetter;
    drepa til e-s, to strike, hit, at one;
    drepa e-t undir sik, to knock or drag down (skaltu standa hiá, er fjándi sá drepr mik undir sik);
    drepa upp eld = drepa eld;
    drepa e-t út, to divulge a thing;
    drepa yfir e-t, to hide, suppress;
    drap hann brátt yfir (he soon mastered) harm sinn;
    6) refl., drepast, to perish, die, esp. of cattle (fé hans drapst aldri af drephríðum);
    recipr. to put one another to death (þá diepast menn fyrir ágirni sakir);
    drepa menn fyrir, to kill one another’s men;
    7) impers., drepr honuin aldregi ský (acc.) í augu, his eyes never get clouded;
    ofrkappit (acc.) drepr fyrir þeim (their high spirits break down), þegar haminjan brestr; drap þó heldr í fyrir honum, he rather grew worse, his eyes grew weaker;
    nú drepr ór hljóð (acc.) fyrst ór konunginum, the king became silent at once;
    þá drap stall ór hjarta hans, his heart failed;
    ofan drap flaugina, the vane was knocked down;
    regn (acc.) drepr í gegnum et, the rain beats through (the thatch);
    II. with dat.;
    1) to put, thrust;
    hendi drap á kampa, he put his hand to his beard;
    drepa fœti (fótum) í eð, to strike (knock) one’s foot against, stumble over (drap fótunum í þrøskuldinn ok lá fallinn);
    drepa höfði, to droop (with) the head (Egill drap höfðin niðr í feld sinn);
    drepa fingri í munn sér, to put the finger into the mouth;
    drepa hendi til es, við em, to give one a slap with the hand;
    drepa hendi við e-u, to wave away with the hand to refuse a kind offer (drepa hendi við boðnu gulli);
    2) to tuck up the sleeves or skirts of a garment (hann hafði drepit upp skautunum);
    drepa hári undir belti sér, to tuck the hair under the belt (of a lady);
    3) to dip, immerse;
    drepa skeggi (the beard) í Breiðafjörð, to be drowned in B. drepa barni I vatn, to baptize a child;
    4) drepa orði, dómi á et, to talk, judge of;
    drepa huldu á et, to hide, keep secret;
    drepa e-u á dreif, see dreif; fig., drepa í egg e-u, to turn a deaf ear to;
    5) spoil (drepa gleði, teiti es);
    drepa kosti es, to destroy one’s happiness;
    impers. drap þá skjótt kosti, the cheer was soon gone;
    6) drepa niðr e-u, to suppress (drepa niðr konungs rétti, illu orði);
    drepa niðr sœmd es, to drag down one’s reputation, to disparage one;
    drepa niðr máli, to quash a lawsuit.
    * * *
    pret. drap, 2nd pers. drapt, mod. drapst, pl. drápu; pret. subj. dræpi; part. drepit; pres. drep; with the suff. neg. pret. drap-a. Orkn.: [A. S. drepan; Dan. dræbe; Swed. drapa; O. H. G. trefan; mod. Germ. treffen, whence the mod. Dan. treffe, in the sense to hit; Ulf. uses slahan and stautjan, but never dripan; in Engl. the word is lost.]
    A. WITH ACC., OR ABSOL. högg ( a blow) or the like being understood, to strike, beat:
    I. act. of music, to strike the chords, (cp. phrases such as, slá danz, to strike up for a dance; slagr is battle and poem, Trolla-slagr and Gýgjar-slagr are names of poems); hann tók hörpu sína ok drap strengi ( struck the strings) til slags, Stj. 458 (hence drápa, a song); d. e-n vendi, to strike with a rod, Skm. 26: to knock, d. á dyrr, or d. högg á dyrr, to knock at a door, Nj. 150; síðan gengu þau heim bæði ok drápu á dyrr, 153; drápu þar á dyrr, Sturl. iii. 154: metaph., d. á e-t, to touch slightly on a matter; d. botn ór keraldi, to knock the bottom out of a jar, Fms. xi. 34; d. járn, to beat iron (a blacksmith’s term) with a sledge-hammer, Grett. 129, cp. drep-sleggja.
    2. esp. with the sense of violence, to knock, strike; áfallit hafði drepit hann inn í bátinn, Bs. i. 422; at eigi drepir þú mik í djúp, that thou knockest me not into the deep, Post. 656 B. 9; herða klett drep ek þér hálsi af, Ls. 57.
    β. as a law term, to smite, strike; ef maðr drepr ( smites) mann, ok varðar þat skóggang, Grág. ii. 116; eigu menn eigi at standa fyrir þeim manni er drepit hefir annan, id.; ef maðr drepr mann svá at bein brotna, 14; nú vænisk sá maðr því er drap, at…, 15; þat er drep ef bein brotna, ok verðr sá úæll till dóms er drepit hefir, 16; nú vænisk hinn því, at hann hafi drepit hann, 19.
    γ. the phrases, d. e-n til heljar, Grág. ii. 161, or d. til dauðs, to smite to death; Josúa drap til dauða alla þjóð Anakim, Stj. 456; d. í hel, id., Hbl. 27; hence
    3. metaph. or ellipt. to kill, put to death, cp. Lat. caedere, Engl. smite; eigi er manni skylt at d. skógarmann, þótt…, Grág. ii. 162; skulu vér nú fara at honum ok d. hann, Nj. 205; þar varð illa með þeim því at Ásgrímr drap Gaut, 39; til þess at d. Grim, Eg. 114; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs en drápu suma, Fms. i. 6; er drepit hafði fóstra hans …, eigi hæfir at d. svá fríðan svein …, d. skyldi hvern mann er mann údæmðan vá, 80; konung drápum fyrstan, Am. 97; drap hann ( smote with the hammer) hina öldnu jötna systur, Þkv. 32; d. mátti Freyr hann með hendi sinni, Edda 23.
    β. in a game (of chess), to take a piece; þá drap jarl af honum riddara, Fms. iv. 366; taflsins er hann hafði drepit, vi. 29; Hvítserkr hélt töfl einni er hann hafði drepit, Fas. i. 285.
    γ. adding prepp. af, niðr, to slaughter, kill off; þótt hirðmenn þínir sé drepnir niðr sem svín, Fms. vii. 243: d. af, to slaughter (cattle); yxni fimm, ok d. af, Ísl. ii. 330; láttu mik d. af þenna lýð, Post. 656 B. 9.
    4. metaph. phrases; d. e-m skúta, to taunt, charge one with; áfelli þat er konungr drap oss skúta um, Fms. iv. 310; hjarta drepr stall, the heart knocks as it were against a block of stone from fear, Hkr. ii. 360, Orkn., Fbr. 36 (hence stall-dræpt hjarta, a ‘block-beating’ faint heart): d. upp eld, to strike fire, Fms. iv. 338: d. sik ór dróma, to throw off the fetter, Edda 19: d. e-t undir sik, to knock or drag down, skaltú standa hjá er fjandi sá drepr mik undir sik, Grett. 126, 101 A: d. slóð, to make a slot or sleuth (trail); d. kyrtlarnir slóðina, the cloaks trailed along the ground so as to leave a track, Gísl. 154: to trail or make a track of droves or deer, Lex. Poët.: d. e-t út, to divulge a thing (in a bad sense), Fms. vi. 208; d. yfir e-t, to hide, suppress, drap hann brátt yfir ( he soon mastered) harm sinn, Bs. i. 140 (hence yfir-drep, hypocrisy, i. e. cloaking).
    II. reflex., drepask, to perish, die, esp. of beasts; fé hans drapsk aldrei af megrð ok drephríðum, Eb. 150; drapsk allt hans fólk, Fms. v. 250.
    2. recipr. to put one another to death; þá drepask bræðr fyrir ágirni sakar, Edda 40; nú drepask menn (smite one another), eðr særask eðr vegask, Grág. ii. 92; ef menn d. um nætr, Fms. vii. 296; er sjálfir bárusk vápn á ok drápusk, viii. 53; en er bændr fundu at þeir drápusk sjálfir, 68; drepask niðr á leið fram, Ld. 238; drepask menn fyrir, to kill one another’s men, Fms. vii. 177; görðisk af því fjandskapr með þeim Steinólfi svá at þeir drápusk þar (menn?) fyrir, Gullþ. 14.
    III. impers., drepr honum aldregi ský (acc.) í augu, his eyes never get clouded, of the eagle flying in the face of the sun, Hom. 47; ofrkappit (acc.) drepr fyrir þeim ( their high spirits break down) þegar hamingjan brestr, Fms. vi. 155; drap þó heldr í fyrir honum, he rather grew worse, i. e. his eyes grew weaker, Bjarn. 59; nú drepr ór hljóð (acc.) fyrst ór konunginum, the king became silent at once, Fms. xi. 115; stall drepr ór hjarta e-s, Fbr. 36 (vide above, I. 4); ofan drap flaugina (acc.), the flaug was knocked down, Bs. 1. 422; regn drepr í gögnum e-t, the rain beats through the thatch or cover, Fagrsk. 123 (in a verse).
    β. in mod. usage, drepa is even used in the sense to drip (= drjupa), e. g. þak, hús drepr, the thatch, house lets water through.
    B. WITH DAT.:
    I. denoting gentle movement; in many cases the dat. seems to be only instrumental:
    1. of the limbs; hendi drap á kampa, be put his hand to his beard, Hom. 21; d. fæti (fótum), to stumble, prop. to strike with the foot, Nj. 112, Fas. ii. 558, Bs. i. 742, Hom. 110, Grett. 120; d. fæti í e-t, to stumble against, 103; d. fæti við e-t, id., Fas. ii. 558; d. höfði, to droop, nod with the head; drap í gras höfði, (the horse) drooped with the head, let it fall, Gkv. 2. 5; d. niðr höfði, id., Nj. 32; Egill sat svá opt, at hann drap höfðinu niðr í feld sinn (from sorrow), Eg. 322, O. H. L. 45 (for shame); d. fingri í munn sér, to put the finger into the mouth, Edda 74; fingri drap í munninn sinn (of a child), the words of a ditty; d. hendi til e-s, or við e-m, to give one a slap with the hand (inst. dat.), Nj. 27; hence metaph., d. hendi við e-u, to wave away with the hand, to refuse a kind offer, Bs. i. 636; d. hendi við boðnu gulli, Al. 75: the phrase, d. hendi við sóma sínum, cp. Al. 162.
    2. to tuck up the sleeves or skirts of a garment; d. skautum (upp), Fms. vii. 297; hann hafði drepit upp skautunum, Lv. 85; hann hafði drepit upp fyrir blöðunum undir beltið, Eb. 226: Sigurðr drap blöðunum undir belti sér, Orkn. 474; d. hári undir belti sér, to tuck the hair under the belt (of a lady), hárit tók ofan á bringuna ok drap hón (viz. því) undir belti sér, Nj. 24; hafði hár svá mikit, at hann drap undir belti sér, 272.
    II. to dip; d. skeggi í Breiðafjörð niðr, to dip the beard in the Breidafiord, i. e. to be drowned, Ld. 316; d. hendi, or fingri í vatn, to dip the hand, finger into water (vide above); d. barni í vatn, to dip a baby into water, i. e. to baptize, K. Þ. K. 10: the phrase, d. fleski í kál, to dip bacon into kale broth, Fas. iii. 381; nú taka þeir hafrstökur tvær, ok d. þeim í sýrukerin, Gísl. 7.
    β. the phrase, d. e-u, of wax, lime, butter, or the like, to daub, plaster, fill up with; þú skalt taka vax ok d. því í eyru förunauta þinna, Od. xii. 77; síðan drap eg því í eyru á öllum skipverjum, 177; vaxið er eg hafði drepið í eyru þeim, 200; d. smjöri í ílát, to fill a box with butter.
    γ. metaph. phrases; d. dul á e-t, to throw a veil over, Hkr. ii. 140, in mod. usage, draga dulur á e-t: the phrase, d. í skörðin (the tongue understood), to talk indistinctly, from loss of teeth; d. orði, dómi á e-t, to talk, reason, judge of a thing, Fms. ix. 500; d. huldu á, to hide, cloak, keep secret, xi. 106: d. e-u á dreif, prop. to ‘throw adrift,’ throw aside, i. e. think little of a thing, þessu var á dreif drepit, it was hushed up, Orkn. 248; áðr hafði mjök verit á dreif drepit um mál Bjarnar ( there had been much mystery about Björn), hvárt hann var lífs eðr eigi, sagði annarr þat logit, en annarr sagði satt, i. e. no one knew anything for certain, Bjarn. 20; en eigi varð vísan á dreif drepin ( the song was not thrown aside or kept secret) ok kom til eyrna Birni, 32; drápu öllu á dreif um þessa fyrirætlan, hushed it all up, Eg. 49: d. í egg e-u, prop. to bate the edge of a thing, to turn a deaf ear to, Orkn. 188, metaphor from blunting the edge of a weapon.
    δ. d. e-u niðr, to suppress a thing (unjustly); d. niðr konungs rétti, N. G. L. i. 7 5; d. niðr sæmd e-s, to pull down a person’s reputation, Boll. 346; d. niðr illu orði, to keep down a bad report, suppress it, Nj. 21; d. niðr máli, to quash a lawsuit, 33; drepit svá niðr herörinni, Fms. iv. 207.
    ε. d. glaumi, gleði, teiti e-s, to spoil one’s joy, Lex. Poët.; d. kosti e-s, to destroy one’s happiness, Am. 69: impers., drap þú brátt kosti, the cheer was soon gone, Rm. 98.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DREPA

  • 54 शिव


    ṡivá
    mf (ā́)n. (according to Uṇ. I, 153, fr. 1. ṡī, « in whom all things lie» ;

    perhaps connected with ṡvi cf. ṡavas, ṡiṡvi) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear (ám ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. etc. etc.;
    happy, fortunate BhP. ;
    m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.) R. V, 56, 36 ;
    liberation, final emancipation L. ;
    « The Auspicious one»
    N. of the disintegrating orﾠ destroying andﾠ reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindū Trimūrti orﾠ Triad, the other two being Brahmā. « the creator» andﾠ Vishṇu « the preserver» ;
    in the Veda the only N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra « the terrible god»,
    but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. Ṡiva « the auspicious» <just as the Furies were called Eὐμενίδες « the gracious ones» >, andﾠ to assign him the office of creation andﾠ reproduction as well as dissolution;
    in fact the preferential worship of Ṡiva as developed in the Purāṇas andﾠ Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers < called Ṡaivas>;
    in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called Kāla « black», andﾠ is then alsoﾠ identified with Time, although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name Kālī, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;
    as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction Ṡiva's symbol is the Liṇga <q.v.> orﾠ Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;
    again one of his representations is as Ardha-nārī, « half-female», the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle RTL. 85 ;
    he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, andﾠ which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, andﾠ future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years,
    andﾠ a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, andﾠ the successive extinction andﾠ generation of the races of mankind:
    his hair is thickly matted together, andﾠ gathered above his forehead into a coil;
    on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;
    his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;
    he holds a tri-ṡūla, orﾠ three-pronged trident < alsoﾠ called Pināka> in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, andﾠ Regenerator;
    he alsoﾠ carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called Ḍamaru:
    his attendants orﾠ servants are called Pramatha <qq.vv.>;
    they are regarded as demons orﾠ supernatural beings of different kinds, andﾠ form various hosts orﾠ troops called Gaṇas;
    his wife Durgā <otherwise called Kālī, Pārvatī, Umā, Gaurī, Bhavāṇī etc.> is the chief object of worship with the Ṡāktas andﾠ Tāntrikas, andﾠ in this connection he is fond of dancing < seeﾠ tāṇḍava> andﾠ wine-drinking;
    he is alsoﾠ worshipped as a great ascetic andﾠ is said to have scorched the god of love (Kāma-deva) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for Pārvatī whilst he was engaged in severe penance;
    in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe andﾠ all the gods, including Brahmā. andﾠ Vishṇu, by a similar scorching glance,
    andﾠ to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the Rudrâksha berries originated, it is said, from the legend that Ṡiva,
    on his way to destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into these beads:
    his residence orﾠ heaven is Kailāsa, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the Himâlaya;
    he has strictly no incarnations like those of Vishṇu, though Vīra-bhadra andﾠ the eight Bhairavas andﾠ Khaṇḍo-bā etc. RTL. 266 are sometimes regarded as forms of him;
    he is especially worshipped at Benares andﾠ has even more names than Vishṇu,
    one thousand andﾠ eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the Ṡiva-Purāṇa andﾠ in the 17th chapter of the Anuṡāsana-parvan of the Maha-bhārata, some of the most common being Mahā-deva, Ṡambhu, Ṡaṃkara, Īṡa, Īṡvara, Mahêṡvara, Hara;
    his sons are Gaṇêṡa andﾠ Kārttikeya) ĀṡvṠr. MBh. Kāv. etc.. RTL. 73 ;
    a kind of second Siva (with Ṡaivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of perfection orﾠ emancipation MBh. Sarvad. ;
    ṡiva-liṅga L. ;
    any god L. ;
    a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally ṡivā f. q.v.);
    sacred writings L. ;
    (in astron.) N. of the sixth month;
    a post for cows (to which they are tied orﾠ for them to rub against) L. ;
    bdellium L. ;
    the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum L. ;
    Marsilia Dentata L. ;
    a kind of thorn-apple orﾠ = puṇḍarīka (the tree) L. ;
    quicksilver L. (cf. ṡiva-bīja);
    a partic. auspicious constellation L. ;
    a demon who inflicts diseases Hariv. ;
    = ṡukra m. kāla m. vasu m. L. ;
    the swift antelope L. ;
    rum, spirit distilled from molasses L. ;
    buttermilk L. ;
    a ruby L. ;
    a peg L. ;
    time L. ;
    N. of a son of Medhâtithi MārkP. ;
    of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP. ;
    of a prince andﾠ various authors ( alsoﾠ with dīkshita, bhaṭṭa, paṇḍita, yajvan, sūri etc.) Cat. ;
    of a fraudulent person Kathās. ;
    (du.) the god Ṡiva andﾠ his wife Kir. V, 40 Pracaṇḍ. I, 20 ;
    (cf. Vām. V, 2, 1);
    pl. N. of a class of gods in the third Manvantara Pur. ;
    of a class of Brāhmans who have attained a partic. degree of perfection like that of Ṡiva MBh. ;
    (ā) f. Ṡiva's wife ( alsoﾠ ṡivī) seeﾠ ṡivā below ;
    (am) n. welfare, prosperity, bliss ( āya, éna orﾠ ébhis, « auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily» ;
    ṡivāyagamyatām, « a prosperous journey to you!») RV. etc. etc.;
    final emancipation L. ;
    water L. ;
    rock-salt L. ;
    sea-salt L. ;
    a kind of borax L. ;
    iron L. ;
    myrobolan L. ;
    Tabernaemontana Coronaria L. ;
    sandal L. ;
    N. of a Purāṇa (= ṡiva-purāṇa orﾠ ṡaiva) Cat. ;
    of the house in which the Pāṇḍavas were to be burnt MārkP. ;
    of a Varsha in Plaksha-dvīpa andﾠ in Jambu-dvīpa Pur. ;
    - शिवकण्ठमलिका
    - शिवकर
    - शिवकर्णामृत
    - शिवकर्णी
    - शिवकवच
    - शिवकाञ्ची
    - शिवकान्ता
    - शिवकान्ती
    - शिवकामदुघा
    - शिवकारिणी
    - शिवकिंकर
    - शिवकीर्तन
    - शिवकुण्ड
    - शिवकुसुमाञ्जलि
    - शिवकृष्ण
    - शिवकेशादिपादान्तवर्णनस्तोत्र
    - शिवकेसर
    - शिवकोपमुनि
    - शिवकोश
    - शिवक्षेत्र
    - शिवखण्ड
    - शिवगङ्गा
    - शिवगण
    - शिवगति
    - शिवगया
    - शिवगायत्री
    - शिवगीता
    - शिवगुप्तदेव
    - शिवगुरु
    - शिवघर्मज
    - शिवंकर
    - शिवचक्र
    - शिवचतुःश्लोकीव्याख्या
    - शिवचतुर्दशी
    - शिवचन्द्र
    - शिवचम्पू
    - शिवचरित्र
    - शिवचित्त
    - शिवजी
    - शिवज्ञ
    - शिवज्ञान
    - शिवज्योतिर्विद्
    - शिवतत्त्व
    - शिवतन्त्र
    - शिवतम
    - शिवतर
    - शिवता
    - शिवताण्डव
    - शिवताति
    - शिवताल
    - शिवतीर्थ
    - शिवत्व
    - शिवदण्डक
    - शिवदत्त
    - शिवदयालु
    - शिवदयासहर्स्र
    - शिवदशक
    - शिवदायिन्
    - शिवदारु
    - शिवदास
    - शिवदिश्
    - शिवदीक्षा
    - शिवदीन
    - शिवदूतिका
    - शिवदूती
    - शिवदृष्टि
    - शिवदेव
    - शिवदैव
    - शिवद्युमणिदीपिका
    - शिवद्रुम
    - शिवद्विष्टा
    - शिवधनुर्वेद
    - शिवधर्म
    - शिवधातु
    - शिवधार
    - शिवधारिणी
    - शिवध्यानपद्धति
    - शिवनक्षत्रपुरुषव्रत
    - शिवनक्षत्रमालिका
    - शिवनाथ
    - शिवनाभि
    - शिवनामावली
    - शिवनामाष्टोत्तरशत
    - शिवनारायण
    - शिवनिर्माल्यभक्षण
    - शिवनिर्वाणस्तोत्र
    - शिवपञ्चमुखध्यान
    - शिवपञ्चवदनस्तोत्र
    - शिवपञ्चाक्षरस्तोत्र
    - शिवपञ्चाक्षरी

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > शिव

  • 55 καί

    καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.
    ① marker of connections, and
    ⓐ single words
    α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).
    β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.
    γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.
    δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).
    ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.
    ⓑ clauses and sentences
    α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).
    β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.
    γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.
    δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.
    ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.
    ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).
    η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.
    θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).
    ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.
    ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.
    ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.
    ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.
    ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.
    ② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.
    ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).
    ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.
    ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).
    ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.
    ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.
    ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.
    ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.
    α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.
    β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).
    ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.
    ⓘ with other particles
    α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.
    β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.
    γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).
    δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί

  • 56 λέγω

    λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71–73) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. B-D-F §82 app.; Mlt-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also B-D-F §101 p. 46; Mlt-H. 247), but the foll. pass. forms occur: fut. 3 sg. λεχθήσεται; aor. ptc. fem. sg. λεχθεῖσα (SyrBar 14:1), neut. pl. τὰ λεχθέντα (Jos. 24, 27; Esth 1:18; Papias, Just.), 3 sg. ἐλέχθη and pl. ἐλέχθησαν; pf. 3 sg. λέλεκται; plupf. ἐλέλεκτο; pf. ptc. λελεγμένος (all Just.; B-D-F §101) ‘say’ (beginning w. Hes. [Hom. uses the word in the senses ‘gather, collect’, as Il. 11, 755 al., and mid. ‘select’, as Il. 21, 27, and esp. of stories that one elects to ‘tell over’ or ‘recount’, as Od. 14, 197] and more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.).
    ① to express oneself orally or in written form, utter in words, say, tell, give expression to, the gener. sense (not in Hom., for this εἶπον, ἐν[ν]έπω, et al.)
    ⓐ w. an indication of what is said
    α. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14; TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 27 [Stone p. 42]) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cp. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310a; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cp. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὸ̔ λέγει Lk 9:33; cp. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7; AcPlCor 1:9. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὸ̔ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα (Pla, Gorg. 465a) παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cp. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. W. double acc. ἀδύνατα ταῦτα εἴρηκας Hm 11:19.
    β. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f (on the textual problem s. FNeirynck, ETL 65, ’89, 110–18), 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may = he used to say (so that they might memorize): WEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121.
    γ. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod S 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, Fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543) Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cp. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9.
    ⓑ w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth.
    α. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu. et al.) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cp. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7.
    β. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod S 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, NA 8, 3 ὸ̔ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, VH 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86; TestSol 4:6 D τὸν δύστηνον λέγω γέροντα; Just., D. 130, 2 μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγω Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ …) τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὸ̔ν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ … but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60. Cp. 4 end.
    γ. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. 1925, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy 413, 99; s. also 1aα above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; TestSol 1:6 D λέγει Νάθαν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον; ApcEsdr 6:16; s. also 1aα above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56.
    δ. in other (s. 1aα, 1bα, 1bγ) prep. uses ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of your own accord? J 18:34 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38] al.). εἴς τινα against someone Lk 22:65. τὶ περί τινος say someth. about or concerning someone J 1:22; Ac 8:34; Tit 2:8. λ. περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι say, with reference to the temple, that Lk 21:5. τί σὺ λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι; what have you to say about him, since? J 9:17b (λ. τι περί τινος, ὅτι as Jos., Bell. 7, 215). τινὶ περί τινος say to someone about someone w. direct discourse foll. Mt 11:7. Also πρός τινα περί τινος (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 279 πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ Μωϋσέως) Lk 7:24. πρός τινα ἐπί τινος bring charges against someone before someone Ac 23:30 (λ. ἐπί τινος as Jos., Vi. 258). λ. περί (v.l. ὑπέρ) τινος say (someth.), speak in someone’s defense 26:1.
    ε. in connection w. adverbs and adv. exprs.: Λυκαονιστὶ λ. say in (the) Lycaonian (language) Ac 14:11. καλῶς correctly (X., Mem. 2, 7, 11; 3, 3, 4; TestJob 7:8; EpArist 125; 196) J 8:48; 13:13. ὡσαύτως in the same way Mk 14:31. ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν truly, I tell you Lk 12:44; 21:3. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (s. ἄνθρωπος 2b) Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15. κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν (s. ἐπιταγή) 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. καθʼ ὑστέρησιν Phil 4:11.
    ζ. w. emphasis on a certain kind of saying: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Rv 5:12; 8:13 (cp. TestSol 16:1). Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 14:7; 9. ἄγγελος ἐν φωνῇ λέγων GJs 20:4 (pap, s. deStrycker p. 387f). Opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ (cp. Ps 13:1) 18:7. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 11 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 23:8) Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 3:8; 7:39, 49; GJs 1:1,4; 3:1; 5:1; cp. 1:3 (codd.); 2:1 v.l.; 14:1 v.l.
    η. in quotations fr. scripture (but s. also Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων with a quotation) Ἠσαί̈ας λέγει Isaiah says Ro 10:16, 20; 15:12. Μωϋσῆς λέγει 10:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει 11:9. ἡ γραφὴ λέγει (Just., D. 56, 17; cp. Paus. 2, 16, 4 τὰ ἔπη λέγει=the epic poets say) 4:3; 10:11; Gal 4:30; 1 Ti 5:18; Js 4:5; cp. 2:23; J 19:24; 2 Cl 14:2. In the case of the quot. formula λέγει without the subj. expressed, ἡ γραφή or ὁ θεός is easily understood (B-D-F §130, 3; Rob. 392.—On the omission of the subj. [Just., D. 101, 1 al.] cp. Epict. 1, 24, 12 λέγει σοι ‘θὲς κτλ.’=someone says to you ‘lay aside [this and that sign of prestige]’). It could prob. be translated indefinitely it says: Ro 15:10; 2 Cor 6:2; Gal 3:16; Eph 4:8; 5:14. ὁ θεός is obviously the subj. (Clearch., Fgm. 69c; Epict. 1, 1, 10 λέγει ὁ Ζεύς, followed by a divine revelation to Epictetus) Hb 5:6. λέγει ὁ κύριος 2 Cl 13:2; cp. Hb 8:8–10 (λέγει κύριος Am 5:27; Is 1:18; Jer 9:24; ParJer 6:16 al.). W. the passage more definitely indicated (schol. on Pind., O. 7, 66 ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου λέγεται; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1179 Wendel v.l. ἐν τῇ γ´ τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας λέγεται ὡς) ἐν Ἠλίᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή Ro 11:2 (Epict. 2, 17, 34 τί λέγει Χρύσιππος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ψευδομένου). Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν Lk 20:42 (Epict. 2, 19, 14 Ἑλλάνικος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς with quot.). ἐν τ. Ὡσηὲ λέγει Ro 9:25. λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἠσαί̈ᾳ 2 Cl 3:5 (Just., D. 123, 8); cp. ἐν Δαυίδ Hb 4:7. ὁ νόμος λέγει (cp. Pla., Crito 12, 50c; Epict. 3, 24, 43 τί γὰρ λέγει; [i.e. ὁ νόμος θεῖος]) 1 Cor 14:34. λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Hb 3:7 (Just., D. 124, 1). Of words of Jesus: λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 2 Cl 8:5. λέγει ὁ κύριος 5:2; 6:1. λέγει αὐτός (i.e. ὁ Χριστός 2:7) 3:2. λέγει 4:2.
    θ. Hebraistic, though by no means limited to the OT (s. EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 34ff; B-D-F §420; Mlt-H. 454), is the freq. use of λ. to introduce
    א. direct discourse (like לֵאמֹר), even though it is preceded by a verb of saying, or one that includes the idea of saying. Esp. λέγων is so used, as in the LXX, e.g. after ἀναβοᾶν, ἀνακράζειν Mk 1:23 (cp. Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 3, 9 Jac. ἀνεκεκράγει λέγων), ἀπαγγέλλειν, ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ἀρνεῖσθαι, βοᾶν, γογγύζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διαλογίζεσθαι, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, διαστέλλεσθαι, διδάσκειν, δοξάζειν, εἰπεῖν Mt 22:1; Lk 12:16; 20:2 (s. B-D-F §101, p. 46; s. Rob. 882f; Kieckers, loc. cit. 36f), ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, ἐντέλλεσθαι, ἐπερωτᾶν, ἐπιτιμᾶν, ἐπιφωνεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, κατηγορεῖν, κηρύσσειν, κράζειν, κραυγάζειν, λαλεῖν, μαρτυρεῖν, μεριμνᾶν, παραινεῖν, παρακαλεῖν, παρατιθέναι παραβολήν, προσεύχεσθαι, προσφωνεῖν, προφητεύειν, συζητεῖν, συλλαλεῖν, φωνεῖν, ψευδομαρτυρεῖν; s. these entries. Also after such verbs as denote an action accompanied by a statement of some kind: ἄγγελος κυρίου … ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων appeared to him and said Mt 1:20; cp. 2:13; προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λ. fell before him and said 8:2; 9:18; cp. 14:33. ἅπτεσθαι 8:3; 9:29. ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:35; Lk 18:3; 19:18 al.; cp. Lk 1:66; 5:8; 8:38; 15:9; Ac 8:10, 19; 12:7; 27:23f; 1 Cor 11:25 al.
    ב. the content of a written document (2 Km 11:15; 4 Km 10:6.—1 Macc 8:31; 11:57; Jos., Ant. 11, 26) ἔγραψεν λέγων (=יִכְתֹּב לֵאמֹר) he wrote as follows Lk 1:63.
    ג. orders or instructions to be carried out by other persons: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent and had them say Lk 7:19. ἀπέστειλεν λ. (Judg 11:14f; Jdth 3:1; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:21 al.) Mt 22:16; 27:19; Lk 7:20; 19:14; J 11:3. If the persons carrying out the orders are named, the ptc. can refer to them Mt 22:16 v.l.
    ד. When it is used w. the ptc. λ. appears in its finite forms ἐμπαίζοντες ἔλεγον they mocked and said Mt 27:41. προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει he approached him and said Mk 14:45. διαρρήξας … λέγει he tore his clothes as he said vs. 63; cp. vs. 67; 15:35; Lk 6:20; J 1:36; Hb 8:8a al.—Also pleonastically (TestSol 2:2; TestJob 23:4; cp. Homeric ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπε Il. 3, 437 al., προσηύδα 14, 270 al.) ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει he answered Mk 8:29b; 9:5, 19; 10:24; 11:22; Lk 3:11; 11:45; 13:8. κράξας λέγει he cried out Mk 5:7; 9:24 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 109, 29 [Stone p. 66] κράζων καὶ λέγων; ApcEsdr 1:2 κράξας λέγων).
    ι. Now and then short exprs. with λ. are inserted as parentheses (B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434): πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν many, I tell you, will seek Lk 13:24. ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω 2 Cor 11:21b. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω 6:13.
    κ. ptc. w. the article τὰ λεγόμενα what was said (EpArist 215, 298; TestSol 15:13; ApcEsdr 2:15; Jos., Ant. 3, 85; 207; Just., D. 46, 4; 115, 1) Lk 18:34. προσεῖχον τ. λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τ. Φιλίππου (προσέχω 2b) Ac 8:6 (προσέχ. τοῖς λεγ. as Jos., Ant. 13, 303; τὰ λ. ὑπό τινος as Bell. 7, 56; 423; Esth 3:3, also Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 24, p. 408, 19 ὑπὸ τῶν μάντεων; Fgm. 30 p. 417, 23 Jac.; Epict. 1, 18, 1; SIG 679, 87). τὰ ἢ λεχθέντα ἢ πραχθέντα (Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 48, 18; 64, 18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 55) Papias (2:15) in Eus., HE 3, 39, 15 (=Geb., Harn., Zahn 15, p. 72, 17).
    ② to express oneself in a specific way, say
    ⓐ ask w. direct question foll: Mt 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6.
    ⓑ answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18; TestSol 5:8 al.; ApcMos 5) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8.
    ⓒ order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27; TestSol 4:7 D; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44]) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 8 [Stone p. 10]); cp. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37 (for the formal nuance cp. reff. at end of this parag.). Gener. w. dat. of pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll.: Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων … ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll.: Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [IMagnMai 115, 4]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (s. Gerhard, Philol. 64, 1905, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, 1911, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum 1902, 63 and 77. Roman edicts gener. use the simple λέγει as in the praescriptio of SEG IX, 8 I, 1–3 αὐτοκράτωρ Καίσαρ Σεβαστὸς … λέγει; also by Augustus: Jos., Ant., 16, 162; s. MBenner, The Emperor Says ’75).
    ⓓ assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν (TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 19f [Stone p. 18]) Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al.
    ⓔ maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cp. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1a). Cp. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, RevÉtGr 46, ’33, 204–19; Goodsp., Probs. 64–68 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506–10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27–30]; DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/71, 213–26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? With the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows).
    ⓕ of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80) 1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul.
    ③ to inform about / tell of someth., speak, report (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις) τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὸ̔ … οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18.
    ④ to identify in a specific manner, call, name (Aeschyl. et al.) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2; Just., D. 61, 1 ἀρχηστρατηγὸν ἑαυτὸν λέγει) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cp. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125 Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (B-D-F §412, 2; Rob. 1107; cp. BGU 1117, 9 [13 B.C.]; PRyl 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3; TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 14 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 46:5; 47:1; Just., A I, 22, 1, D. 32, 1) who is called … Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi. 4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 5:2 v.l.; 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cp. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2. Also ὸ̔ λέγεται 20:16. ὸ̔ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the significance mean (Aeschyl. et al.) are Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6 Cp. 1bβ.—B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. S. λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λέγω

  • 57 λίθος

    λίθος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; in our lit. always masc.)
    ① stone, in general: Mt 3:9 (ZNW 9, 1908, 77f; 341f); 4:3, 6 (Ps 90:12); 7:9; Mk 5:5; Lk 3:8; 4:3, 11 (Ps 90:12); 11:11 v.l.; 19:40 (cp. 4 Esdr 5:5 and the ‘hearing’ πέτραι PGM 36, 263); 22:41; J 8:7, 59; 10:31; Ox 1 recto, 6 (ASyn. 171, 5)=GTh 77 (s. AWalls, VigChr 16, ’62, 71–78; cp. Lucian, Hermotim. 81 p. 826 ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ πάντων πεφοίτηκεν, οἷον ξύλων κ. λίθων κ. ζῴων). Of blood (but πτῶμα pap) of Zachariah, which turned to stone GJs 24:3.
    ② stone, of a special kind
    ⓐ of stones used in building (Dio Chrys. 57 [74], 26; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 24, 4 λίθοι καὶ ξύλοι; Palaeph. p. 62, 7; PPetr II, 13 [18a], 7 [258 B.C.]; Dt 27:5f; 3 Km 6:7; TestSol 2:5 al.; JosAs 2:17) Mt 24:2; Mk 13:1f (LGaston, No Stone on Another, ’70 [fall of Jerus.]); Lk 19:44; 21:6 (λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ as Aristippus Fgm. 20 FPhGr [in Diog. L. 2, 72]); Hv 3, 2, 4–9; 3, 4, 2f; 3, 5, 1–3; 3, 6, 3; 6f; 3, 7, 1; 5; Hs 9, 3, 3ff al.; λ. καλοί costly stone(s) (prob. kinds of marble; cp. Diod S 1, 66, 3 κάλλιστοι λίθοι; Jos., Ant. 15, 392) Lk 21:5.—1 Cor 3:12 is also classed here by Blass and Dssm., Pls2 1925, 245f (Paul, 1926, 212ff); s. b below.
    ⓑ of precious stones, jewels (TestSol 1:3 al.; TestAbr, JosAs, Joseph.; Ant. 17, 197; Synes., Ep. 3 p. 158b) λίθος καθαρός Rv 15:6 v.l. Mostly in the combination λίθος τίμιος (τιμιώτατος) and mentioned beside gold, silver, or even pearls (Appian, Liby. 66 §297; Herodian 5, 2, 4; Da 11:38 Theod.; 2 Km 12:30; TestSol 1:6; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 23 [Stone p. 14]; JosAs 2:3; 18:4; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 12 [Stone p. 8] πολύτιμοι; TestJob 28:5 πολυτελεῖς, ἔνδοξοι; JosAs 2:7 al. πολυτελεῖς); Rv 17:4; 18:12, 16; 21:11, 19 (s. the lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. Also FCumont3 246, 87). Likewise in 1 Cor 3:12 the way in which the word is used scarcely permits another mng., and hence we must assume (unless it is enough to think of the edifice as adorned w. precious stones [Diod S 3, 47, 6f: the use of gold, silver, and precious stones in the building of palaces in Sabae; Lucian, Imag. 11 ὁ νεὼς λίθοις τ. πολυτελέσιν ἠσκημένος κ. χρυσῷ]) that Paul either had in mind imaginary buildings (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 28, 4: in the city of Helios on the Red Sea there are 12 πύργοι χρυσῷ καὶ σμαράγδῳ ᾠκοδομημένοι• τὸ δὲ τεῖχος ἐκ λίθου Ἰνδικοῦ κτλ.) as Rv 21:18ff; Is 54:11f; Tob 13:17, or simply mentioned the costliest materials, without considering whether they could actually be used in erecting a building (in Phoenix of Colophon [III B.C.] 1, 9: AnthLG I/33 ’54 Diehl the rich snob thinks of houses ἐγ [=ἐκ] λίθου σμαραγδίτου. S. χρυσίον.—S. a above).—λ. ἴασπις (q.v.) Rv 4:3.
    ⓒ of millstones λ. μυλικός Lk 17:2. Two times as v.l. for μύλος ὀνικός: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42. v.l. λ. ὡς μύλινος Rv 18:21.
    ⓓ of large stones used to seal graves (Chariton 3, 3, 1 παραγενόμενος εὗρε τ. λίθους κεκινημένους κ. φανερὰν τὴν εἴσοδον) Mt 27:60, 66; 28:2; Mk 15:46; 16:3f; Lk 24:2; J 11:38f, 41; 20:1; GPt 8:32 al. Also of the tables of the Mosaic law 2 Cor 3:7.
    ⓔ of stone images of the gods (Dt 4:28; Ezk 20:32; Just., D. 113, 6) Ac 17:29; 2 Cl 1:6; cp. PtK 2 p. 14, 14; Dg 2:2.
    ⓕ in imagery relating to God’s people and the transcendent (in the pass. fr. Hv 3 and Hs 9 mentioned in 2a above, the tower and its stones are symbolic): of Christ (cp. Just., D. 86, 3) λ. ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Likew. of the Christians λίθοι ζῶντες living stones (in the spiritual temple) vs. 5 (JPlumpe, Vivum saxum, vivi lapides: Traditio 1, ’43, 1–14). ὡς ὄντες λίθοι ναοῦ πατρός as building-stones of the Father’s temple IEph 9:1. 1 Pt and B 6:2c, 3 (s. LBarnard, Studia Evangelica, ed. FCross, ’64, III, 306–13: NT and B) also refer to Christ as the λ. ἐκλεκτὸς ἀκρογωνιαῖος 1 Pt 2:6 (cp. Is 28:16; ESiegman, CBQ 18, ’56, 364–79; JElliott, The Elect and the Holy ’66, esp. 16–38; s. ἀκρογωνιαῖος), the λ., ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες vs. 7 (Ps 117:22)—likew. Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; cp. Ac 4:11; Eph 2:20 v.l. (for lit. s. on κεφαλή 2b)—and finally the λ. προσκόμματος 1 Pt 2:8 (Is 8:14)—likew. Ro 9:32f. The same OT (Is 8:14f) infl. is felt in Mt 21:44; Lk 20:18 (Daimachus [IV B.C.]: 65 Fgm. 8 Jac. speaks in his work περὶ εὐσεβείας of the fall of a holy stone fr. heaven πεσεῖν τὸν λίθον).—SKottek, Names, Roots and Stones in Jewish Lore: Proceedings XXXII Intern. Congr. of History of Medicine, Antwerp n.d. [’91] 63–74; also idem: ANRW II/37/3 p. 2855 n. 53 on use of stones in antiquity. B. 51; 442. DELG. M-M. TW. Spicq.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λίθος

  • 58 ἐκκλησία

    ἐκκλησία, ας, ἡ (ἐκ + καλέω; Eur., Hdt.+)
    ① a regularly summoned legislative body, assembly, as gener. understood in the Gr-Rom. world (Jos., Ant. 12, 164; 19, 332, Vi. 268) Ac 19:39 (on ‘[regular] statutory assembly’, s. ἔννομος and IBM III/2, p. 141. The term ἐννόμη ἐ. here contrasts w. the usage vss. 32 and 40, in which ἐ. denotes simply ‘a gathering’; s. 2 below. On the ἐ. in Ephesus cp. CIG III, 325; IBM III/1, 481, 340; on the ἐ. in the theater there s. the last-named ins ln. 395; OGI 480, 9).—Pauly-W. V/2, 1905, 2163–2200; RAC IV 905–21 (lit.).
    ② a casual gathering of people, an assemblage, gathering (cp. 1 Km 19:20; 1 Macc 3:13; Sir 26:5) Ac 19:32, 40.
    ③ people with shared belief, community, congregation (for common identity, cp. the community of Pythagoras [Hermippus in Diog. L. 8, 41]. Remarkably, in Himerius, Or. 39 [Or. 5], 5 Orpheus forms for himself τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, a group of wild animals, who listen to him, in the Thracian mountains where there are no people), in our lit. of common interest in the God of Israel.
    ⓐ of OT Israelites assembly, congregation (Dt 31:30; Judg 20:2; 1 Km 17:47; 3 Km 8:14; PsSol 10:6; TestJob 32:8 τῆς εὐώδους ἐ.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 309; Diod S 40, 3, 6) Hb 2:12 (Ps 21:23); e.g. to hear the law (Dt 4:10; 9:10; 18:16) Ac 7:38.
    ⓑ of Christians in a specific place or area (the term ἐ. apparently became popular among Christians in Greek-speaking areas for chiefly two reasons: to affirm continuity with Israel through use of a term found in Gk. translations of the Hebrew Scriptures, and to allay any suspicion, esp. in political circles, that Christians were a disorderly group).
    α. of a specific Christian group assembly, gathering ordinarily involving worship and discussion of matters of concern to the community: Mt 18:17; συνερχομένων ὑμῶν ἐν ἐ. when you come together as an assembly 1 Cor 11:18; cp. 14:4f, 12, 19, 28, 35; pl. vs. 34. ἐν ἐ. ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τὰ παραπτώματα confess one’s sins in assembly D 4:14; cp. 3J 6 (JCampbell, JTS 49, ’48, 130–42; for the Johannines s. ESchweizer below). In Ac 15:22 the ‘apostles and elders’ function in the manner of the βουλή or council, the committee of the whole that was responsible in a Gr-Rom. polis for proposing legislation to the assembly of citizens.—Of Christians gathering in the home of a patron house-assembly (‘house-church’) Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν … καὶ τὴν κατʼ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐ. Ro 16:5; cp. 1 Cor 16:19. Νύμφαν καὶ τὴν κατʼ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐ. Col 4:15; ἡ κατʼ οἶκόν σου ἐ. Phlm 2.—FFilson, JBL 58, ’39, 105–12; other reff. οἶκος 1aα.—Pl. ἐ. τῶν ἁγίων 1 Cor 14:33; ἐ. τῶν ἐθνῶν Ro 16:4.—1 Ti 5:16 prob. belongs here, s. βαρέω b.
    β. congregation or church as the totality of Christians living and meeting in a particular locality or larger geographical area, but not necessarily limited to one meeting place: Ac 5:11; 8:3; 9:31 (so KGiles, NTS 31, ’85, 135–42; s. c below), 11:26; 12:5; 15:3; 18:22; 20:17; cp. 12:1; 1 Cor 4:17; Phil 4:15; 1 Ti 5:16 perh., s. α above; Js 5:14; 3 J 9f; 1 Cl 44:3; Hv 2, 4, 3. More definitely of the Christians in Jerusalem Ac 8:1; 11:22; cp. 2:47 v.l.; 15:4, 22; Cenchreae Ro 16:1; cp. vs. 23; Corinth 1 Cor 1:2; 2 Cor 1:1; 1 Cl ins; 47:6; AcPlCor 1:16; Laodicea Col 4:16; Rv 3:14; Thessalonica 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:1; Colossae Phlm subscr. v.l. Likew. w. other names: Rv 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7; IEph ins; 8:1; IMg ins; ITr ins; 13:1; IRo 9:1; IPhld ins; 10:1; ISm 11:1; Pol ins. Plural: Ac 15:41; 16:5; Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 2 Cor 8:18f, 23f; 11:8, 28; 12:13; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 23, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 22:16; the Christian community in Judea Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; Galatia Gal 1:2; 1 Cor 16:1; Asia vs. 19; Rv 1:4, and cp. vss. 11 and 20; Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1. κατʼ ἐκκλησίαν in each individual congregation or assembly Ac 14:23 (on the syntax cp. OGI 480, 9 [s. 1 above]: ἵνα τιθῆνται κατʼ ἐκκλησίαν in order that they [the statues] might be set up at each [meeting of the] ἐ.). On κατὰ τ. οὖσαν ἐ. Ac 13:1 cp. εἰμί 1 end.
    ⓒ the global community of Christians, (universal) church (s. AvHarnack, Mission I4 420 n. 2 on Ac 12:1): Mt 16:18 (OBetz, ZNW 48, ’57, 49–77: Qumran parallels; s. HBraun, Qumran I, ’66, 30–37); Ac 9:31 (but s. 3bβ); 1 Cor 6:4; 12:28; Eph 1:22; 3:10, 21; 5:23ff, 27, 29, 32 (HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930; also ThBl 6, 1927, 12–17); Col 1:18, 24; Phil 3:6; B 7:11; Hv 2, 2, 6; 2, 4, 1 (with the depiction of the church as an elderly lady cp. Ps.-Demetr. 265 where Hellas, the homeland, is represented as λαβοῦσα γυναικὸς σχῆμα); 3, 3, 3; IEph 5:1f and oft.—The local assembly or congregation as well as the universal church is more specif. called ἐ. τοῦ θεοῦ or ἐ. τ. Χριστοῦ. This is essentially Pauline usage, and it serves to give the current Gk. term its Christian coloring and thereby its special mng.:
    α. ἐ. τοῦ θεοῦ (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 63, 22) 1 Cor 1:2; 10:32; 11:16, 22; 15:9; 2 Cor 1:1; Gal 1:13; 1 Th 2:14; 2 Th 1:4; 1 Ti 3:5, 15; Ac 20:28; ITr 2:3; 12:1; IPhld 10:1; ISm ins al.
    β. ἐ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ (Orig., C. Cels. 5, 22, 14) Ro 16:16.
    γ. both together ἐ. ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Th 1:1.
    δ. ἡ ἐ. ἡ πρώτη ἡ πνευματική the first, spiritual church (conceived in a Platonic sense as preexistent) 2 Cl 14:1; ἐ. ζῶσα the living church the body of Christ vs. 2; ἡ ἁγία ἐ. Hv 1, 1, 6; 1, 3, 4; ἡ καθολικὴ ἐ. ISm 8:2; ἡ ἁγία καὶ καθολικὴ ἐ. MPol ins; ἡ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην καθολικὴ ἐ. 8:1; 19:2; ἓν σῶμα τῆς ἐ. ISm 1:2.—The literature before ’32 is given in OLinton, D. Problem der Urkirche in d. neueren Forschung (s. esp. 138–46) ’32 and AMedebielle, Dict. de la Bible, Suppl. II ’34, 487–691; before ’60, s. RAC; also s. TW, Sieben, and JHainz, Ekklesia ’72. Esp. important: EBurton, Gal (ICC) 1921, 417–20; KHoll, D. Kirchenbegriff des Pls usw.: SBBerlAk 1921, 920–47=Ges. Aufs. II 1928, 44ff; FKattenbusch, D. Vorzugsstellung d. Petrus u. d. Charakter d. Urgemeinde zu Jerusalem: KMüller Festschr. 1922, 322–51; KLSchmidt, D. Kirche des Urchristentums: Dssm. Festschr. 1927, 259–319, TW III 502–39. S. also: EPeterson, D. Kirche aus Juden u. Heiden ’33; KLSchmidt, D. Polis in Kirche u. Welt ’39; WBieder, Ekkl. u. Polis im NT u. in d. alten Kirche ’41; OMichel, D. Zeugnis des NTs v. d. Gemeinde ’41; NDahl, D. Volk Gottes ’41; RFlew, Jesus and His Church2, ’43; GJohnston, The Doctrine of the Church in the NT ’43; WKümmel, Kirchenbegriff u. Geschichtsbewusstsein in d. Urg. u. b. Jesus ’43; DFaulhaber, D. Johev. u. d. Kirche ’38; AFridrichsen, Kyrkan i 4. ev.: SvTK 16, ’40, 227–42; ESchweizer, NT Essays (Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 230–45; EWolf, Ecclesia Pressa—eccl. militans: TLZ 72, ’47, 223–32; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT ’46; HvCampenhausen, Kirchl. Amt u. geistl. Vollmacht in den ersten 3 Jahrh. ’53; EKäsemann, Sätze hlg. Rechtes im NT, NTS 1, ’55, 248–60; AGeorge, ET 58, ’46/47, 312–16; in ATR: JBernardin 21, ’39, 153–70; BEaston 22, ’40, 157–68; SWalke 32, ’50, 39–53 (Apost. Fath.); JMurphy, American Ecclesiastical Review 140, ’59, 250–59; 325–32; PMinear, Images of the Church in the NT, ’60; BMetzger, Theology Today 19, ’62, 369–80; ESchweizer, Church Order in the NT, tr. FClarke ’61; RSchnackenburg, The Church in the NT, tr. WO’Hara ’65; LCerfaux, JBL 85, ’66, 250–51; AHilhorst, Filología Neotestamentaria 1, ’88, 27–34. S. also ἐπίσκοπος 2 end; Πέτρος; πέτρα 1.—B. 1476f. DELG s.v. καλέω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκκλησία

  • 59 porter

    porter [pɔʀte]
    ➭ TABLE 1
    1. transitive verb
       a. [+ parapluie, paquet, valise] to carry ; [+ responsabilité] to bear
       b. ( = apporter) to take
    • porter l'affaire sur la place publique/devant les tribunaux to take the matter into the public arena/before the courts
    • porter une œuvre à l'écran/à la scène to make a film/stage a play based on a work
       c. [+ vêtement, bague, laine, lunettes] to wear ; [+ barbe] to have ; [+ nom] to bear
       d. ( = montrer) [+ signe, trace, blessure, inscription, date] to bear
       e. ( = inscrire) [+ nom] to put down
       f. ( = ressentir) [+ amour, haine] to feel (à for)
       g. (en soi) [+ enfant] to carry ; [+ graines, fruit] to bear
       h. ( = conduire, amener) to carry ; ( = entraîner) [foi] to carry along
    • tout (nous) porte à croire que... everything leads us to believe that...
    2. intransitive verb
       a. [bruit, voix, canon] to carry
       b. [reproche, coup] to hit home
       d. ( = reposer) [poids] porter sur to be supported by
       e. ► porter sur ( = concerner) [débat, cours] to be about ; [revendications, objection] to concern ; [étude, effort] to be concerned with ; [accent] to fall on
    3. reflexive verb
       a. [personne]
    se porter bien/mal to be well/unwell
       b. ( = se présenter comme) se porter candidat to run as a candidate
       c. ( = aller) to go
    • se porter sur ( = se diriger vers) [soupçon, choix] to fall on
    * * *
    pɔʀte
    1.
    1) ( transporter) to carry [chose, personne]
    2) ( apporter)
    3) ( soutenir) [mur, chaise] to carry, to bear [poids]

    porter quelqu'un à bout de bras — fig to take on somebody's problems

    4) ( avoir sur soi) to wear [robe, bijou, verres de contact]; to have [cheveux longs, moustache]
    5) ( avoir) to have [initiales, date, titre]; to bear [sceau]

    le document porte la mention ‘secret’ — the document is marked ‘secret’

    6) ( produire) to bear [fleurs]

    porter ses fruits — fig to bear fruit

    7) ( amener)

    cela porte le prix du billet à... — this brings the price of the ticket to...

    porter la température de l'eau à 80°C — to heat the water to 80°C

    8) ( diriger)
    9) ( inscrire)

    se faire porter malade or pâle — (colloq) to go (colloq) ou report sick

    10) ( inciter)
    11) (donner, causer)

    porter bonheur or chance — to be lucky


    2.
    porter sur verbe transitif indirect
    1) ( concerner)

    porter sur — [débat, article] to be about; [mesure, interdiction] to apply to

    porter sur — [structure] to be resting on

    3) ( heurter)

    3.
    verbe intransitif

    un canon qui porte à 500 mètres — a cannon with a range of 500 metres [BrE]


    4.
    se porter verbe pronominal
    1) ( se sentir)

    se porter bien/mal — [personne] to be well/ill; [affaire] to be going well/badly

    2) ( être mis)

    se porter sur — [soupçon] to fall on

    le choix se porta sur le vase — they/she etc chose the vase

    tous les regards se sont portés vers le ciel/vers lui — everyone looked toward(s) the sky/in his direction

    * * *
    pɔʀte
    1. vt
    1) [charge, sac, valise, colis] to carry

    Il portait une valise. — He was carrying a suitcase.

    2) (= apporter)
    3) (sur soi) [vêtement, barbe, bague] to wear

    Elle porte une jolie robe bleue. — She's wearing a lovely blue dress.

    4) (= mettre)

    porter un fait à la connaissance de qn — to bring a fact to sb's attention, to bring a fact to sb's notice

    5) (= inciter)
    6) [fruits, fleurs] [arbre] to bear
    7) [enfant] [femme enceinte] to carry
    8) [responsabilité] to bear, to carry
    9) [inscription, titre] to bear

    Elle portait le nom de Rosalie. — She went by the name of Rosalie.

    10) (= inscrire)

    porter qch sur [registre] — to write sth down in, to enter sth in

    11) [jugement] to pass
    2. vi
    1) [voix] to carry
    2) [coup, argument] to hit home

    porter sur [conférence] — to be about, (= peser) to rest on, [accent] to fall on, (= heurter) [choc] to strike

    * * *
    porter verb table: aimer
    A vtr
    1 ( transporter) to carry [chose, personne]; porter qn sur son lit to get sb into bed; porter qn sur son dos to carry sb on one's back, to give sb a piggyback○; tu ne dois rien porter you mustn't carry anything heavy;
    2 ( apporter) porter qch quelque part to take sth somewhere [lettre, paquet]; porter qch à qn to take sb sth, to bring sb sth US; porter des messages to run messages; porter la bonne nouvelle to spread the word; porter une affaire devant les tribunaux to bring a case to court;
    3 ( soutenir) [mur, chaise] to carry, to bear [poids]; mes jambes ne me portent plus my legs are giving out; l'eau te portera the water will hold you up; être porté par le vent [sable, papier] to be blown along by the wind; porter qn à bout de bras fig to take on sb's problems; mes parents sont lourds à porter my parents are emotionally demanding; porter l'espoir de millions d'hommes to be the focus for the hopes of millions; être porté par un mouvement d'espoir to be carried along by a surge of optimism;
    4 ( avoir sur soi) to wear [robe, bijou, verres de contact]; to have [cheveux longs, balafre]; to have, to wear [barbe, moustache]; porter les armes to bear arms; porter une arme to be armed;
    5 ( avoir) to have [initiales, date, titre]; to bear [sceau]; ne pas porter de date not to have a date, to be undated; ne pas porter de titre not to have a title, to be untitled; portant le numéro 300 with the number 300; le document porte la mention ‘secret ’ the document is marked ‘secret’; ils ne portent pas le même nom they have different names; quel prénom porte-t-elle? what's her first name?; elle porte le nom de son mari she has taken her husband's name; le nom que je porte est celui de ma grand-mère I'm named after my grandmother; il porte bien son nom the name suits him; bien porter son âge to look good for one's age; porter des traces de sang to be blood-stained; l'arbre ne portait plus de feuilles the tree was bare of leaves; portant une expression de découragement sur son visage looking discouraged; porter en soi une grande volonté de réussir to be full of ambition; cela porter en soi quelques risques it's inherently risky;
    6 ( produire) to bear [fleurs]; porter des fruits lit, fig to bear fruit; l'enfant qu'elle porte the child she is carrying; le roman qu'il porte en lui his great unwritten novel;
    7 ( amener) porter qch à [situation, événement] to bring sth to; [personne, entreprise, administration] to put sth up to; cela porte la cotisation/le prix du billet d'avion/le nombre des victimes à… this brings the subscription/the price of the plane ticket/the death toll to…; porter un taux/une cotisation à to put a rate/a subscription up to; porter la température de l'eau à 80°C to heat the water to 80°C; porter qn au pouvoir to bring sb to power; porter qn à la tête d'une entreprise to take sb to the top of a company;
    8 ( diriger) porter son regard vers to look at; porter qch à sa bouche to raise sth to one's lips; porter qch à son oreille to hold sth to one's ear; porter la main à son chapeau to lift one's hat; si tu portes la main sur elle if you lay a finger on her; porter de l'intérêt à qch to be interested in sth; l'estime/l'amour qu'elle te porte her respect/love for you; porter ses efforts sur qch to devote one's energies to sth; porter un jugement sur qch to pass judgment on sth; faire porter ses accusations sur to direct one's accusations at;
    9 ( inscrire) porter qch sur un registre to enter sth on a register; porter une somme au crédit de qn to credit a sum to sb's account; être porté disparu to be reported missing; se faire porter malade or pâle○ to go○ ou report sick; porter témoignage to bear witness; porter plainte to lodge a complaint;
    10 ( inciter) porter qn à être méfiant or à se méfier to make sb cautious; tout le porte à la méfiance everything inclines him to caution; tout nous porte à croire que everything leads us to believe that;
    11 (donner, causer) porter partout la mort et la destruction to spread death and destruction; porter bonheur or chance to be lucky; porter malheur to be unlucky; ça m'a porté bonheur it brought me luck; ça m'a porté malheur it was unlucky; ⇒ nuit.
    B porter sur vtr ind
    1 ( concerner) porter sur [débat, article] to be about; [mesure, accord] to concern, to apply to; [interdiction] to apply to; l'impôt porte sur les objets de luxe the tax applies to luxury goods; l'accent porte sur la deuxième syllabe the accent is on the second syllable;
    2 ( reposer sur) porter sur [structure] to be resting on;
    3 ( heurter) porter sur to hit.
    C vi une voix qui porte a voice that carries; des arguments qui portent convincing arguments; ta critique a porté your criticism hit home; le coup a porté the blow hit home; porter contre un mur to hit a wall; un canon qui porte à 500 mètres a cannon with a range of 500 metresGB; les mortiers ne portent pas jusqu'ici we are out of mortar range.
    D se porter vpr
    1 ( se sentir) elle se porte bien/mal/mieux [personne] she is well/ill/better; [affaire] it's going well/badly/better; comment se porte votre femme? how is your wife?; je ne m'en porte pas plus mal I'm none the worse for it; je me porte à merveille I'm absolutely fine;
    2 ( être mis) [vêtement, bijou, chapeau] cela se porte avec des chaussures plates you wear it with flat shoes; les jupes se portent juste au-dessus du genou cet hiver skirts are being worn just above the knee this year; cela ne se porte plus it has gone out of fashion;
    3 (aller, se diriger) se porter à la rencontre de qn ( aller) to go to meet sb; ( venir) to come to meet sb; se porter sur [soupçon] to fall on; le choix se porta sur le vase bleu they/she etc chose the blue vase; tous les regards se sont portés vers le ciel/vers lui everyone looked toward(s) the sky/in his direction; se porter à des excès to overindulge;
    4 ( se propager) se porter sur to spread to; ça s'est porté sur les poumons it spread to the lungs.
    I
    [pɔrte] verbe transitif
    A.[TENIR, SUPPORTER]
    1. [soutenir - colis, fardeau, meuble] to carry ; [ - bannière, pancarte, cercueil] to carry, to bear
    porter quelqu'un sur son dos/dans ses bras to carry somebody on one's back/in one's arms
    2. [soutenir moralement - suj: foi, religion] to give strength to, to support
    B.[METTRE, AMENER]
    1. [amener] to take, to bring
    [mettre]
    porter une œuvre à l'écran/à la scène to adapt a work for the screen/the stage
    porter une affaire devant les tribunaux to take ou to bring a matter before the courts
    porter quelqu'un/quelque chose à: porter quelqu'un au pouvoir to bring somebody to power
    2. [diriger]
    porter son regard vers ou sur to look towards ou in the direction of
    porter ses pas vers to make one's way towards, to head for
    3. [enregistrer - donnée] to write ou to put down (separable)
    se faire porter absent/malade to go absent/sick
    porter 200 euros au crédit de quelqu'un to credit somebody's account with 200 euros, to credit 200 euros to somebody's account
    4. [appliquer - effort, énergie] to direct, to bring, to bear
    porter son attention sur to focus one's attention on, to turn one's attention to
    a. [pour accomplir une tâche] to have somebody in mind (for a job)
    b. [pour l'épouser] to have one's eye on somebody
    5. [inciter]
    l'alcool peut porter les gens à des excès/à la violence alcohol can drive people to excesses/induce people to be violent
    tout porte à croire que... everything leads one to believe that...
    6. [éprouver]
    porter de l'intérêt à quelqu'un/quelque chose to be interested in somebody/something
    C.[AVOIR SUR SOI, EN SOI]
    1. [bijou, chaussures, lunettes, vêtement] to wear, to have on (separable)
    [badge, décoration] to wear
    [barbe, couettes, moustache, perruque] to have
    [cicatrice] to bear, to have, to carry
    [pistolet, stylo] to carry
    porter les cheveux longs/courts/relevés to wear one's hair long/short/up
    2. [laisser voir - trace] to show, to bear ; [ - date, inscription] to bear
    3. [nom, prénom, patronyme] to have
    4. [en soi] to carry, to bear
    l'espoir/la rancune que je portais en moi the hope/resentment I bore within me
    5. MÉDECINE [virus] to carry
    6. [enfant, petit, portée] to carry
    7. AGRICULTURE & HORTICULTURE [fruits] to bear
    ————————
    [pɔrte] verbe intransitif
    1. [son, voix] to carry
    [canon, fusil]
    2. [faire mouche - critique, mot, plaisanterie] to hit ou to strike home ; [ - observation] to be heard ou heeded ; [ - coup] to hit home, to tell
    3. [cogner]
    porter sur ou contre to hit
    4. [dans l'habillement masculin]
    porter à droite/gauche to dress on the right/left
    ————————
    porter sur verbe plus préposition
    1. [concerner - suj: discussion, discours, chapitre, recherches] to be about, to be concerned with ; [ - suj: critiques] to be aimed at ; [ - suj: loi, mesures] to concern ; [ - suj: dossier, reportage] to be about ou on
    2. [reposer sur - suj: charpente] to rest on
    l'accent porte sur la deuxième syllabe LINGUISTIQUE the accent falls on the second syllable, the second syllable is stressed
    ————————
    se porter verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    [bijou, chaussures, vêtement] to be worn
    ————————
    se porter verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [personne]
    comment vous portez-vous? how do you feel?, how are you (feeling)?
    à bientôt, portez-vous bien! see you soon, look after yourself!
    il va bientôt s'en aller, je ne m'en porterai que mieux he's going to leave soon and I'll feel all the better for it
    2. [se proposer comme]
    3. [aller]
    se porter en tête d'une procession/course to take the lead in a procession/race
    ————————
    se porter à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    ————————
    se porter sur verbe pronominal plus préposition
    [choix, soupçon] to fall on
    [conversation] to turn to
    II
    [pɔrte]
    → link=porté porté
    [pɔrtɛr] nom masculin
    [bière] porter

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > porter

  • 60 FRÁ

    * * *
    I) prep. with dat.
    1) from (ganga frá lögbergi);
    2) away from (nökkut frá öðrum mönnum);
    3) of time, alit frá eldingu, all along from daybreak;
    dag frá degi, one day after another;
    4) from among, beyond;
    gera sik auðkendan frá öðrum mönnum, to make oneself conspicuous;
    frá líkindum, against likelihood;
    6) of, about;
    er mér svá frá sagt konungi, I am told so about the king;
    7) as adv. away;
    hverfa frá, to turn away;
    til ok frá, to and fro;
    héðan í frá, hence, henceforlh;
    þar út í frá, secondly, next.
    II) from fregna.
    * * *
    prep. with dat., sometimes with í or á prefixed, ífrá, áfrá, cp. Swed. ifrån; áfra, Fms. vi. 326, 439, viii. 25, ix. 508, x. 408; í frá, xi. 16, 137, 508, Grág. ii. 30, Nj. 83, 108, passim: [Goth. fram; A. S. fram, from; Engl. from; O. H. G. fram; again in the Scandin., Swed. från; Dan. fra; Ormul. fra; so also Engl. fro (in to and fro and froward) is a Dan. form, but from a Saxon]:—from, vide af, p. 3, col. 2; ganga frá lögbergi, Nj. 87; frá landi, Ld. 118; ofan frá fjöllum, Ísl. ii. 195; frá læknum, 339: with adv. denoting direction, skamt frá ánni, Nj. 94; skamt frá landi, Ld.; upp frá bæ Una, Fs. 33, Ld. 206; niðr frá Mælifells-gili, Landn. 71; ofan frá Merki-á, Eg. 100; ut frá Unadal, Fs. 31; norðr frá garði, Nj. 153; norðr frá dyrum, Fms. viii. 25; austr frá, ix. 402; suðr frá Noregi, x. 271; skamt frá vatninu, Ld. 268; allt frá ( all the way from) Gnúpu-skörðum, 124: ellipt., inn frá, útar frá, Nj. 50: with the indecl. particle er, vetfang þeim er frá ( from which) var kvatt, Grág. (Kb.)
    β. with names of hills, rivers, or the like, from, but ‘at’ is more freq., vide p. 26; frá Ósi, Eirekr frá Ósi, Þórð. 8 new Ed.; Þórðr frá Höfða, Ld. 188, 200; frá Mosfelli, frá Hlíðarenda, Landn., Nj. passim.
    2. denoting aloof; brott frá öðrum húsum, aloof from other houses, Eg. 203; nökkut frá ( aloof from) öðrum mönnum, Fas. i. 241; út í frá öðrum mönnum, aloof from other men, Hkr. i. 223.
    3. with adverbs denoting direction; Varbelgir eru hér upp frá yðr, Fms. ix. 512; stóðu spjót þeirra ofan frá þeim, Nj. 253; þangat frá garði, er …, in such a direction from the farm, that …, Grág. i. 82.
    4. with verbs, as vita, horfa, snúa frá, to look away from, Skálda 242; stafnar horfa frá landi, Fms. xi. 101; þat er frá vissi berginu, viii. 428.
    5. with gen. ellipt. cp. ‘at’ A. II. 7; frá riks manns, from a rich man’s [ house], Hom. 117; frá Arnórs, Bjarn. 35; frá frú Kristínar, Fms. ix. 407; frá bóanda þess, Grág. i. 300; frá Heljar, Edda (Ub.) 292; frá Bjarnar, Hkr. i. 190.
    6. temp., fjórtán nætr frá alþingi, Grág. i. 122; frá þessu, from that time, since; upp frá þessu, id., Ld. 50, Fms. xi. 334; frá hinni fyrstu stund, Sks. 559; allt frá eldingu, all along from daybreak, Hrafn. 7; frá öndverðu, from the beginning, Sks. 564; frá fornu ok nýju, of old and new, Dipl. iv. 14: adding upp, upp frá því, ever since, Bs. ii. 37.
    7. denoting succession; stund frá stund, from time to time, 656 A. i. 36; ár frá ári, year after year, Stj. 17; dag frá degi, Fms. ii. 230; hvern dag frá öðrum, one day after another, viii. 182; hvárt sumar frá öðru, one summer after another, Grág. i. 92; annan dag frá öðrum, Eg. 277: in other relations, maðr frá manni, man after man, Finnb. 228.
    II. metaph.,
    1. from among, above, beyond, surpassingly; göra sik auðkenndan frá öðrum mönnum, to distinguish oneself from ( above) other men, Fms. vii. 73, Fb. ii. 73: adding sem, frá því sem …, beyond that what …; frá því harðfengir ok íllir viðreignar sem aðrir, Fms. i. 171; herðibreiðr, svá at þat bar frá því sem aðrir menn vóru, Eg. 305; nú er þat annathvárt at þú ert frá því þróttigr ok þolinn sem aðrir menn, Fms. ii. 69: cp. frá-görðamaðr, frá-bær.
    2. with verbs denoting deprivation, taking away, forsaking, or the like; taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing from one, Nj. 253; renna frá e-m, 264; deyja frá úmögum, to ‘die from orphans,’ i. e. leave orphans behind one, Grág. i. 249; segja sik ór þingi frá e-m, to secede from one, Nj. 166; liggja frá verkum, to be bedridden ‘from work,’ i. e. so as to be unable to work, Grág. i. 474; seljask arfsali frá úmögum, i. e. to shift one’s property from the minors, i. e. to cut them off from inheritance, 278.
    3. against; þvert frá mínu skapi, Fms. vii. 258, Hom. 158; frá líkindum, against likelihood, Eg. 769.
    4. denoting derivation from a person; í mikilli sæmd frá konungi, Ísl. ii. 394; njóta skaltu hans frá oss, Fbr. 58 new Ed.;—so also, kominn frá e-m, come of, descended from one, Eb. sub fin., Landn. passim.
    5. of, about, concerning; segja frá e-u, to tell of a thing, Fms. xi. 16, 137, Nj. 100, (frá-saga, frá-sögn, a story); verða víss frá e-m, to be informed about one, Fms. iv. 184; er mér svá frá sagt konungi, I am told so of the king, Eg. 20; lýgi hann mestan hlut frá, he lies for the most part, Ísl. ii. 145, cp. Nj. 32.
    III. adverb. or ellipt. away, off; hverfa frá, to turn away, Landn. 84; snúa í frá, Nj. 108; stukku menn frá, Eg. 289; hnekkjask Írar nú frá, Ld. 78; ok frá höndina, and the hand off, Nj. 160; falla frá, to fall off, to die (fráfall), Fms. x. 408; til ok frá, to and fro, Eg. 293, Fms. ix. 422, Pass. 3. 2; héðan í frá, hence ‘fro,’ Nj. 83; þaðan í frá, thence, Grág. ii. 30: þar ut í frá, secondly, next, Fms. vi. 326; outermost, 439:—temp., þaðan, héðan frá, thence, Grág. i. 204, ii. 30, Fms. ii. 231, Nj. 83, Vápn. 30: cp. the phrases, af og frá, by no means! vera frá, to be gone, done with, dead.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRÁ

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Nuns of the Above — is the comic tragic name given by the Sisters of Perpetual Indulgence to those in their ranks who have died, mainly from AIDS, and are immortalized in their folk art section of the Names Project Quilt commemorating people who have died from AIDS …   Wikipedia

  • None of the Above (Peter Hammill album) — None of the Above Studio album by Peter Hammill Released April 2000 …   Wikipedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Names of the Irish state — The front cover of an Irish passport showing the name of the state in its two official languages. There have been various names of the Irish state, some of which have been controversial. The constitutional name of the contemporary state is… …   Wikipedia

  • The Bollandists —     The Bollandists     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Bollandists     An association of ecclesiastical scholars engaged in editing the Acta Sanctorum. This work is a great hagiographical collection begun during the first years of the seventeenth… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Slavs —     The Slavs     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Slavs     I. NAME     A. Slavs     At present the customary name for all the Slavonic races is Slav. This name did not appear in history until a late period, but it has superseded all others. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Benedictine Order —     The Benedictine Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order     The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Gallican Rite —     The Gallican Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite     This subject will be treated under the following six heads:     I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Colbert Report — logo Genre Comedy, Satire, News parody …   Wikipedia

  • The Vatican as a Scientific Institute —     The Vatican Palace, as a Scientific Institute     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Vatican Palace, as a Scientific Institute     Regarded from the point of view of scientific productivity, the Vatican is the busiest scientific workshop in Rome.… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»